TFT Final

CURRICULUM
AND
COURSE CONTENTS
R-16 Regulations and Curriculum
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
ii
B.Tech.
Academic Regulations, Curricula and Course Contents
YEAR
(Applicable for the students admitted into first year from the academic year 2016-17 onwards)
1.
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
INTRODUCTION
This document contains the academic regulations, curricula and course contents for the
conduct of various 4-year B.Tech. degree programmes offered by VFSTRU in the following
specializations. The 2-character codes indicated in parentheses are their specialization codes.
1.1
Agricultural Engineering (AG)
Automobile Engineering (AE)
Bioinformatics (BI)
Biomedical Engineering (BM)
Biotechnology (BT)
Chemical Engineering (CH)
Civil Engineering (CE)
Computer Science and Engineering (CS)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EE)
Electronics and Communication Engineering (EC)
Electronics and Computer Engineering (ER)
Food Technology (FT)
Information Technology (IT)
Mechanical Engineering (ME)
Mechatronics Engineering (MT)
Petroleum Engineering (PL)
Textile and Fashion Technology (TF)
a)
For the above specializations, the regular courses including theory and practical are offered
over a period of eight semesters.
b)
The students enrolled for these programmes have to complete the prescribed courses to
earn a minimum of 195 credits to become eligible for the award of the B.Tech. degree.
c)
To become eligible for B.Tech. (honors) degree, a student needs to acquire 12 additional
credits from the courses/projects of his/her specialization i.e, a minimum of 207 credits.
Courses and Course Credits

The term course is used in a broader sense to refer to theory subject, laboratory, miniproject, major-project, seminar etc. A course can be of theoretical or of practical nature, and
certain number of credits are allotted to it depending on the number of hours of instruction per
semester. For a course offered in a semester, one hour of lecture / tutorial instruction carried
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
iii
B.Tech.
out in a week is considered equivalent to one credit, whereas two and three hours of practical
courses done in a week are considered equivalent to one and two credits respectively. A
student earns these credits when he/she completes the same successfully. Credits can also
be obtained by successful completion of other recognized co-curricular and extra-curricular
activities such as Summer Internship, NCC, NSS, NSO, Yoga, Dance, Music etc. The details of
credits of such activities will be provided by the respective course co-ordinators and evaluation
of the activities will be carried out objectively by the constituted committees appointed by the
Dean Evaluation. The criteria of evaluation will include aspects like regular attendance in the
programme and satisfactory completion of it through participation / performance at universitylevel events, state level or national level participation etc.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
1.2
Academic Administration
The academic programmes of VFSTRU are governed by the rules and regulations approved
by the Academic Council from time to time. The various academic activities are conducted
following a fixed time schedule duly approved by the Academic Council in line with the AICTE
/ UGC regulations. The academic activities of VFSTRU are followed meticulously as specified
in the academic calendar as approved by the Academic Council. This academic calendar is
handed over to all the students in the beginning of the academic year. The curriculum and the
course contents of all the programmes are discussed by the respective Board of Studies (BoS),
analyzed and recommended for implementation. The BoS meetings are normally held once a
year and if required twice a year. The Academic Council, being the highest academic body,
chaired by the Vice-Chancellor, meets at least twice a year and discusses, suggests and
approves all the important academic matters related to curriculum and course contents in
particular including the recommendations of BoS.
2.
CURRICULUM
Each specialization of the programme prescribes semester-wise curriculum encompassing
theory courses, practical courses, and combined theory-practical courses. The theory courses
comprise of lectures and tutorials whereas the practical courses include laboratory instructions,
seminars, skill oriented minor projects, mini-projects, major project work and semester-long
project internship in industry. The curriculum provides semester-wise scheme of instructions
and examinations, and detailed syllabi with text / reference books recommended for each
course. Swapping of the courses between semesters is normally done for operational advantage
and convenience of the students. The overall distribution of credits for various categories of
courses in the curriculum of B.Tech. programmes is given in Table-1 below.
Table-1 : Credit Distribution for Various categories of courses
Sl.No.
Category of Courses
Range of Credits
Professional Core (CR)
85 95
Electives (EL) (including inter disciplinary and minor Electives)
30 54
Basic Engineering (BE)
20 25
Humanities and Management (HM)
12 14
Basic Sciences (BS)
20 24
General Life Skills (GL)
10 14
Min. no. of credits required for the award of B.Tech. degree
195
Min. no. of credits required for the award of B.Tech. (Hons) degree
207
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
iv
B.Tech.
Table-2 : Percentage of credits to various categories of courses

Sl.
No.
Course
Category
Probable Courses
in this Category
Credits
Its share
(in %)
AICTE
Recommendation
1.
Basic Sciences
Physics, Chemistry, Maths
20 - 28
10% - 14%
15%
2.
Basic Engineering
Engg. Graphics, Computer Basics,

C Programming, Basics of Electrical
Engg., Basics of Engg. products
20 - 30
10% - 15%
15%
3.
Humanities and
Management
English, Foreign Languages,

Mangaement subjects, PET, BEC
12 - 14
6% - 7%
7%
4.
Core Engineering
Compulsory subjects of
respective department
85 - 95
45% - 50%
45%
Additional higher knowledge &

skill based subjects of the Dept.
15 - 30
8% - 15%
10%
Minor subjects,
Other Dept. subjects
15 - 24
8% - 12%
8%
Softs Skills, Professional

Musics, Dance, Yoga, NSS,
NSO, Value-added courses
10 - 14
5% - 7%
---
(including project work)
5.
Dept. Electives
(including modular
courses offered with
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
industry support)
6.
Other Electives
(including Minor electives)
7.
Employablility
and life skills
Fig-1 : Illustration of choice based credit system in the programme
2.1
Semesters
The University follows the semester system. There are two regular semesters and one summer
semester in a year.
2.1.1 Regular Semesters: The regular semester that begins in June / July is known as Odd semester
and the one that begins in December / January is known as even semester. The instructional
days for a regular semester shall be minimum of 90 working days exclusive of end-semester
examination days.
2.1.2 Summer Semester for Course repeaters : To support the slow learners, who were unable to
complete their courses during the regular semester, a summer semester may also be organized
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
YEAR
B.Tech.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
during the summer vacation period of May - June for students who have not cleared their
courses in accordance with the rules stipulated by VFSTRU. However, the summer semester
courses shall be offered subject to academic and administrative convenience.
2.1.3 Summer Semester for Value- added courses: In addition to offering regular courses, VFSTRU
offers value-added courses/mini-projects during summer vacation to impart employability skills,
in tune with the University vision and mission. This helps students to improve their soft skills
and technical abilities. Students are encouraged to undertake in-plant training and short-term
internships in industry, and industrial tours during summer vacation. These value-added courses/
mini-projects, in-plant training and short-term internships can be considered for credits, provided
they satisfy the criterion approved by concerned authorities of VFSTRU. These programmes
are aimed at making students industry-ready and improving their skills required for campus
placements.
2.2
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

Each specialization of the degree programme comprises of a set of courses that include theory,
practical, projects and combinations. They are further classified into courses of basic sciences,
humanities and management, basic engineering, professional core, electives, and general life
skill courses. VFSTRU offers flexibility for students to choose courses of their choice and get
the credits provided they satisfy the minimum credits criterion in each category as given in
Table-1 and Figure-1.
Table-2 is the comparison of VFSTRU course structure with the recommended structure of
AICTE. It shows that VFSTRU curriculum has broadly conformed to the guidelines of AICTE
while providing enough choice to students to choose the courses of their domain interest as
well as courses that offer life skills and employability.
a)
In Table-1, sum of the minimum credits taken from each category becomes 177 credits. The
remaining 18 credits can be obtained by taking additional courses from any one or more
category(ies) of students choice.
b)
Most of the basic science courses, basic engineering courses, humanities and
management courses and general life skill courses are offered commonly to students of
all specializations of study.
c)
Basic science courses are included to offer the knowledge of scientific theories that form
the basis for all the engineering solutions. Basic engineering courses are those that every
engineer, irrespective of his specialization, ought to understand to perform well in his/her
discipline. Engineering drawing, engineering workshop, computer programming are some
of the courses that fall in this category.
d)
Professional Core courses are mentioned separately for each programme and they are
mandatory for every student opting for that specialization. These are designed to offer the
essential fundamental knowledge and skills required for that programme.
e)
Elective courses offered for each programme are categorised as department electives
and open electives. Department electives are those courses that are aimed at offering
the advanced knowledge and recent trends of that specialization. The elective courses
offered by other departments are mentioned as open electives. Most of these electives
are offered in the form of streams, to help the students undertake in-depth study in a
particular sub-domain of his/her specialization.
f)
Wherever it is not possible to offer as a stream, such courses are offered as individual
elective courses as well. This is to provide scope for inclusion of individual subjects of
current technologies or subjects that are of research/industrial importance, that do not
need stream of courses
g)
In electives category, a student is required to secure a minimum of 30 credits. These

credits can be obtained by taking courses of his/her own department or through a
combination of courses from his/her own department and other departments.
h)
Modular courses that are offered with the support of industry are also included in department
elective category. These courses are of one or two credits, and are offered by experts
from industry/academia.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
vi

2.2.1 Open Elective Courses : Open electives are those courses that are offered by other
departments, other than the parent department. They are offered as streams as well as individual
courses. A student can opt for a stream or individual subject of other departments only if she/
he fulfils the prerequisites as defined by the respective host department. This is aimed at
encouraging the interdisciplinary studies.
Minor Streams in Open Electives: In addition to courses from other engineering specializations,
some specially designed courses called minor streams are also offered in this category. The
University offers three such minor streams. They are Management, Information Technology
and Humanities. The main purpose of these minor streams is to provide IT and Management
skills to students to pursue software and other allied career opportunities. Humanities stream
is meant for gaining managerial and organisational skills. In this some aspects of civil services
examinations are also covered for the benefit of those interested students.
Elective courses are spread over four semesters from fourth to seventh semester, to enable
students to earn credits from a chosen stream or individual courses. A students enrollment
for pursuing a stream is based on his/her choice and order of merit and subject to availability
of seats in that stream.
2.2.2 Credits Requirement
a)
Regular Degree: A student shall earn a minimum of 195 credits to become eligible for the
award of B.Tech. degree.
b)
Honors Degree: A student seeking an Honors degree, is required to secure an additional

12 credits (through courses / projects of that specialization), amounting to a total of 207
credits, by opting for courses spread over fifth to eight semesters.
The student attempting for Honors degree must have a consistent academic record maintaining
a minimum of 8.0 CGPA in the first four semesters and should have cleared all the subjects in
his/her first attempt.
2.3
Industry Internship
A student can undertake internship in industry for one complete semester during seventh /
eighth semester in lieu of major project work carried out in-house. It bears a weightage of 15
credits. This is aimed at training students in solving/understanding real-life problems through
application of engineering analysis, design, evaluation and creation, particularly in association
with practitioners and experts in the industry. The procedures for obtaining the internship
placements and allocation of the same to the students are as per University defined norms
outlined in the internship programme operational guidelines manual.
2.4
Project Work
While all the students are expected to undergo industry internships for a full semester, those
students who do not undertake the semester-long internship for some reason or other,
should carry out their major project work on the university campus and submit their reports
which is a mandatory requirement for the award of degree. It also bears a weightage of 15
credits. As a part of it, a student under the guidance of a faculty member in the VIII semester
will involve in an innovative design/research through the application of his/her knowledge
gained in various courses studied previously. He / she is therefore expected to do and
present a survey of literature on the topic, work out a project plan and carry it out through
experimentation / modeling / simulation / computation. Through such a project work, the student
is expected to demonstrate system analysis, design, presentation and evaluation skills.
2.5
Mini Projects
In addition to the main project / internship, every student, is expected to do a few mini-projects
as and when suggested by course coordinator. The topic for mini-project may be any practical
work that is based on the theoretical concepts the student has learnt in the classroom or even
beyond classroom teaching / learning. The students can choose the guide on their own or shall
be allotted to faculty members who guide and supervise them in their mini-project work. Each
student shall prepare a report on the work done during the semester and submit the same to
the concerned guide.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
vii
B.Tech.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B.Tech.
2.6
Minor projects
Minor projects are introduced with a view to impart practical skills beyond those that are offered
through laboratory exercises. These minor-projects are sometimes the extensions of regular
laboratory exercises to enable the students to design and fabricate a product/prototype on his own.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
3.
a)
The student is expected to put up around 10 hours of work on such minor-projects in each
course. Unlike mini projects and main projects, these projects do not exist independently,
as they are integrated either with theory subjects or laboratory courses for their evaluation.
They constitute some % of marks within the theory or lab course.
b)
The output of minor project may result in fabrication of a model, prototype, programming,
simulation or design. The minor project may consist of a combination of design or fabrication
of two or three simple devices/tasks that can demonstrate the skills gained by student. In
such cases, the components are to be independently evaluated and marks are to be
awarded.
c)
The project may normally be assigned to individual student or to a group of students

depending on the complexity and quantum of work involved. These are termed as activities
in the course contents.
ACADEMIC REGISTRATION
At the beginning of every semester, the student must register for all the courses by submitting
an application in the prescribed format giving the details of the same. The semester fee must
be cleared along with all the other pending dues. The maximum number of credits a student
can opt in a particular semester is thirty two. The allotment of courses including free electives,
department electives, minors and internships are done based on the availability of seats, with
the consent of the teacher /department.
4.
MINIMUM ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENT

It is mandatory for the student to attend the course work in each semester as per the academic
schedule of that semester. VFSTRU expects 100% attendance. However, aggregate attendance
obtained for each and every semester shall not be less than 80 % of the aggregate of maximum
instruction periods taught for all the courses put together.
4.1.
5.
Shortage of Attendance
A.
The shortage of attendance in aggregate may be condoned up to 10% on the ground of

ill-health and other emergencies
B.
Documentary evidence like Medical reports and certificates issued by concerned bodies
is to be produced on time and subjected to the scrutiny of a committee constituted for this
purpose by the Vice-Chancellor.
C.
However, this condonation can be availed only once during the entire programme. The
student who fails to satisfy the above, shall be detained and not promoted to the next
semester. Such students shall have to repeat that semester as and when it is offered.
MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROMOTION TO THE NEXT YEAR

In addition to the attendance requirement, a student shall earn a minimum of 50% of the
prescribed credits in the courses prescribed every year to continue in the programme in the
subsequent year.
6.
MAXIMUM ALLOWED DURATION OF STUDY

A student is expected to complete the B.Tech. programme in four years. However, if a student
is unable to complete the programme within the stipulated period, he/she will be allowed a
maximum of eight years to complete the programme.
7.
EVALUATION
Evaluation is one of the important aspects of teaching-learning process. Evaluation methods
are aimed at testing the learning outcomes in tune with the outcome based model of education
being adopted at the university. The focus, is thus on assessing whether the outcomes are
realized by the end of the course. The assessment takes care of both knowledge and skill
outcomes which are clearly spelt out for each course.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
viii

7.1
B.Tech.
Continuous Assessment and End-semester Evaluation:

The performance of a student in each course is evaluated on a continuous basis during the
semester through various in-semester examinations. In addition, end-semester examinations
are conducted for all the courses. The marks awarded through continuous evaluation are referred
to as internal marks. The marks awarded through end-semester examinations are referred to as
external marks. Both the internal and external marks are considered to award the final marks
and the grade point in that course.
7.2
a)
For each course, the maximum sum of internal and external assessment marks is
100, in the ratio of 40:60 for theory based courses and theory-practical integrated
courses, and 50:50 for pure practical based courses.
b)
To clear a course, a student must secure at least 50% of the total maximum marks
which is inclusive of internal and external marks out of which a minimum of 40%
must be scored in the end semester examination.
Marks Distribution
7.2.1 Theory Courses

The distribution of marks and scheme of evaluation for a theory course are given below in
Table-3.
Table-3 : Distribution of Marks for Theory Courses
Sl.No.
1
2.
Component
Marks (%)
Continuous Evaluation:
a. Attendance
b. Periodic Assignments / Tests
c. Mid Semester Tests
02
18
20
End-semester Examination
60
Total Marks
100
7.2.2 Theory Courses with minor projects:

For theory courses in which minor projects are introduced (to incorporate skills like design,
coding, simulation, fabrication etc.), the distribution of internal and external marks is as given
in Table-4. The marks allocated for minor projects are awarded based on students performance
in the activities specified for this purpose.
Table-4 : Distribution of Marks for Theory Courses having Skill Activities
Sl.No.
1
2.
Component
Marks (%)
a. Attendance
b. Periodic Assignments / Tests
c. Mid Semester Tests
d. Minor Projects
02
12
14
12
End-semester Examination
60
Total Marks
100
7.2.3 Theory courses integrated with Laboratory:

For a theory course in which laboratory is integrated, the distribution of internal and external
marks is as given in Table-5.
a)
Attendance for both theory and laboratory end examinations is mandatory for these
subjects.
b)
A minimum of 40% marks in end examination is to be secured for theory and laboratory
separately in order to pass these courses.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
ix
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B.Tech.
c)
If minor projects are also introduced in the above courses, then they are evaluated for
1/3rd of the marks within the internal and external laboratory marks.
Detailed procedure of evaluating the individual components mentioned in Table-5 is presented

in the following sections.
YEAR
Table-5 : Distribution of Marks for Theory Courses integrated with Laboratory
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
Marks distribution when

Sl.No.
2.
7.3
Component
L=3 and P=2
L=3 and
P=3 or 4
L=2 and P=4
a. Theory
Attendance
Periodic Assignments / Tests
Midsemester Tests
b. Laboratory Internal
2
12
14
12
2
8
10
20
2
5
8
25
Endsemester Examination
a. Theory
b. Laboratory External
47
13
40
20
35
25
Total
100
100
100
Description of individual components in evaluation:
7.3.1 Attendance:
To make sure that the students are regular, attendance requirements are strictly adhered to.
This will also inculcate professional discipline through practice of regularity and punctuality
during their campus life. Some marks are also awarded for each course based on the percentage
of attendance in that course, as per the details given in Table-6.
Table-6 : Marks for Attendance
S.No.
Attendance %
Marks
>90
<90 but >80
<80
7.3.2 Periodic Assignments / Tests:

In tune with the spirit of continuous evaluation which in turn promotes continuous learning and
for preparing the students ready for the subsequent classes, periodic assignments/tests are
conducted on the covered syllabus, once every two weeks.
a)
The results of the tests are to be normally announced within three working days on
completion of the examination and the performance is to be discussed in the class.
b)
To award the marks under this category, the average of the best marks obtained in the
tests (in the ratio of best two scored tests out of three conducted) are considered.
The schedule of these tests and the pattern of question paper are to be announced well
before the commencement of each semester.
7.3.3 Mid Examinations:
a)
Three mid-semester examinations of 90 minutes duration each, phased out evenly over the
semester, are conducted to assess the assimilation of contents covered during that period.
b)
The average marks of the two best scored mid-semester examinations will be
considered for arriving at the total marks allotted for mid examination. The schedule of
these examinations will be announced well in advance through the academic calendar.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY

c)
B.Tech.
The question paper consists of three parts with marks distributed as given in Table-7.
Table-7 : Mid Examination Question Paper Pattern
Part No. No.of Questions
Marks for each Question
Total marks/part
Choice
NO
15
Internal
10
10
Internal
Total Marks
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
30
The type of questions will be in line with the course outcomes, aimed at testing the
attainment of those outcomes, which will fall within the specified syllabus.
d)
The results of the mid examinations are to be announced within four working days on
completion of the last examination.
7.3.4 Minor projects (Skill Tests or Activity Tests):

To impart and promote the honing of skills of students, activities or minor projects are introduced
in the system. Different kind of activities need different assessment methods. However, some
common guidelines applicable to the assessment of all kinds of activities (minor projects) are
given in this section. This assessment will be done in two phases by a team of two faculty
members. The marks distribution is given in Table-8.
Table-8 : Assessment of Skill Activities
Status
Component
Stage 1
(within two weeks)
n
n
n
n
Stage2
(after submission)
n
n
n
Understanding the area

Feasibility of the project
Outcome identification
Scheduling the work
Report
Results and Presentation
Outcomes
Marks
4
As these activities are aimed at honing the practical skills of students, the assessment will
focus on evaluating the students ability to complete the activity by choosing the required material/
components/algorithms, understanding of the concepts behind that activity and application of
that concept in various real-life applications.
As minor project is a new concept introduced in the curriculum, seriousness of the minor
project is to be instilled in the students and its tempo maintained throughout. Therefore, the
university is focused on making the curriculum more skill-oriented by taking the following steps
in its assessment.
a)
Dean-Evaluation constitutes branch wise/section wise committees of not less than two
members in each stream, in consultation with HoDs to evaluate the minor projects.
b)
At least 20% of above projects shall be randomly checked by another independent

committee. This committee, constituted by the Vice-Chancellor, comprises Dean- Research
and other two senior faculty members, to make the evaluation comprehensive and
transparent. The members of this committee may be drawn from the same department or
allied departments.
c)
The evaluation process and weightage details shall be circulated among the students
along with the allotment of minor projects.
e)
To assess some special minor projects, not fitting into the above category, a suitable
assessment procedure will be evolved in consultation with experts of that area and
adjudicated by the committee constituted for that purpose. The decision given by the
committee will be final. This is to accommodate new type of activities that are not covered
in the assessment procedure outlined above.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xi
B.Tech.
7.3.5 Theory courses - End-semester examination:

a)
For each theory course, the end-semester examination shall be conducted by the university
for a duration of three hours and for a maximum of 60 marks, covering the complete
syllabus that is mentioned in the course contents and lecture plans.
b)
Even for the theory courses in which activity is incorporated or theory-laboratory

combination has been made, examination will be conducted for 60 marks only. However,
the marks will be proportionally scaled down as per the distribution mentioned in the
Table-5. The question paper for end-semester theory examination consists of three parts
as given in Table-9.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
Table-9 : Theory Examination Question Paper Pattern

Part No. No.of Questions
Marks for each Question
Marks/part
Choice
10
10
No
20
Internal
10
30
Internal
Total Marks
7.4
60
Practical courses Continuous and End-semester evaluation:

The detailed information consisting of experiments, batch formations, experiment schedules,
etc., will be displayed/informed to the student before the commencement of the semester so
that the student comes prepared for the session. Copies of the lab manual will be made available
to the students along with the schedule. The lab manual will consist of the list of equipment,
detailed procedure to conduct the experiment, format for record writing, outcomes for each
experiment, and possible set of short questions to help students gain critical understanding.
During laboratory sessions, a brief viva-voce with a scope for posing two or three questions is
conducted for each student on the experiment he/she is carrying out on that day. Some of the
parameters that could be included in the continuous evaluation are given in Table-10. The set
of parameters may slightly differ from one laboratory to the other, and will be announced before
the commencement of the lab session. These parameters are assessed for each laboratory
session.
Table-10 : Continuous Evaluation of Practicals
Sl.No.
Component
Marks
Viva and Interaction
10
Experimentation and Data Collection
20
Analysis of Experimental Data and Interpretation
10
Knowledge on outcomes and skills
10
Total
50
a)
This assessment is carried out for each practical session and the average marks of all the
sessions will be considered and finally scaled down to 30 marks. An internal laboratory
examination will be conducted for another 20 marks. The details are given in 7.4.1 below.
b)
To maintain the spirit of the curriculum aimed at skill development, and also for maintaining
competitiveness in the acquirement of lab skills, a committee consisting of three members
for each department shall be constituted by the Dean Evaluation.
c)
This committee shall assess the status of equipment/facilities available, the quality of the
lab activities and the skills acquired by the students.
d)
The committee shall monitor at least four lab sessions every week and render a report to
the Dean Evaluation, and other University functionaries.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xii
B.Tech.
7.4.1 The scheme of internal laboratory examination:

The internal laboratory examination shall be conducted around the middle of the semester.
The examination is to be conducted, by a team of two examiners, one who conducts the
laboratory sessions and the other appointed by the HoD. The scheme of evaluation shall be
the same as that of the end-examination for the laboratory. The teacher shall make a comparative
statement of these lab marks with the students previous aggregate percentage of marks. When
the difference is more than 20%, the remarks of the teacher are to be endorsed with full
justification and displayed at notice boards. A committee appointed by the Dean Evaluation
will scrutinize all such comparisons and take necessary action.
7.4.2 End-semester laboratory evaluation:
End semester examination for each practical course is conducted jointly by both internal and
external examiners. The examiners are appointed by Dean, Evaluation from the panel of
examiners suggested by the respective Heads of the Department. To maintain the objectivity
and seriousness of the students towards the lab curriculum and lab examinations, a panel of
large number of examiners, four times to the actual requirement shall be identified by the HoD,
at least one month in advance and submit the details to the Dean Evaluation. The Dean
Evaluation will select the examiners on a random basis. After examination, at least 10% of the
scripts are to be audited by a three member committee appointed by the Dean- Evaluation. For
every class, the mean of the lab marks and theory marks are to be compared and if there is a
deviation of more than 20% the reasons are to be analyzed and documented. The scheme of
evaluation may vary depending on the nature of laboratory, which shall be shared with the
student by the laboratory in-charge and also stamped on the answer scripts. The general
scheme of evaluation is given in Table 11.
Table-11 : End Semester Evaluation of Practicals
Marks
Component
Internal
Examiner
External Laboratory
Examiner
Total
Objective & Procedure write up

including outcomes
10
Experimentation and data collection
10
Computation of results
10
Analysis of results and interpretation
10
Viva voce
10
10
Total Marks
20
30
50
7.4.3 Evaluation of laboratory where practical courses are integrated with theory:
The integration of practical sessions with theory is made to reinforce the theory concepts by
conducting experimentation that is based on the theory concepts learnt in the class. Even in
such courses, the Laboratory component evaluation will be carried out in the same manner as
that of the individual laboratory evaluation mentioned above. The internal and external marks
are to be suitably scaled down depending on weightage.
7.4.4 Evaluation of laboratory where minor projects (skill components) are also included along with
practical integrated with theory:
If minor projects are also introduced in the above courses, then they are evaluated for 1/3rd of
the marks within the internal and external laboratory marks. Detailed procedure of evaluating
these components is presented in Table -8 above.
7.5
Evaluation of Project Work:

Those students who do not opt for the semester-long internship , carry out their projects at
VFSTRU and submit their report which is a mandatory requirement for the award of degree.
These projects are usually done in groups (not exceeding five students), during the VIII
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xiii
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B.Tech.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
semester, under the guidance of a faculty member. Every faculty member, in consultation with
the allotted students, should define the project and also the probable procedure of carrying it
out and submit the same to a committee which includes Dean- Research and other three
senior faculty members. This is to avoid the repetition and also to come up with a roadmap for
completion of the project within the time stipulated. The students are encouraged to select
topics related to ongoing research and consultancy projects in the University. The students
are expected to carry out and present a survey of literature on the topic, work out a project
plan and its implementation through experimentation / modeling / simulation / computation.
They are also expected to exhibit system analysis, design, and presentation and evaluation
skills. The entire process of grouping of student batches, and identification of respective guides
etc., is to be completed by the end of VII semester, so that students can use the inter-semester
break for literature survey or data collection.
7.5.1 Project Review Committee (PRC) :
The progress of project is reviewed thrice in a semester by the Project Review Committee and
internal marks are awarded based on these reviews. The Project review committee consists of :
a)
Head of Department or his/her nominee Chairman
b)
A senior faculty member identified by the HoD - member
c)
Project supervisor - member
Review schedules of PRC are to be announced by the department immediately after the
commencement of class work. The review presentations are open to all the students of that
section and attendance is compulsory. The first review should be of 10 minutes/batch; the
second and third reviews should be around 30 minutes/batch. The teacher shall make a
comparative statement of these marks with the students previous aggregate percentage of
marks. When the difference is more than 20%, the remarks of the teacher are to be endorsed
with full justification and displayed at notice boards. A committee appointed by the Dean
Evaluation will scrutinize all such comparisons and take necessary action.
The detailed assessment guidelines and scheme are to be announced along with the
assessment schedule. The following aspects may be considered by the committee for
assessment.
Review 1: First Review: (for 10 marks, within three weeks after commencement of class work)
Objectives of the review:
a.
Identification of specific area out of broad areas under the supervisor
b.
Identification of outcomes in line with programme objectives.
c.
Feasibility of contributing to the attainment of outcomes
d.
Identification of tools/equipment/training needs/ etc..
e.
Understanding by individual students on the overall aspect of the project.
Second review: (for 20 marks, after seven or eight weeks) :

Objectives of the review:
a.
Completion of literature survey
b.
Design of equipment set up
c.
Acquisition/learning of the tool required
d.
Readiness of about 25% documentation
e.
Progress review as per mechanism/ schedule identified
f.
Individual student contribution in above activities (a to e)
g.
Structure of project report
Third review: (for 20 marks, after 15 weeks)

a.
Presentation of results and conclusions
b.
Meeting of objectives defined in first review
c.
Preparation of report
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xiv

d.
Understanding by individual students on the overall project
e.
Individual student contribution
f.
Progress of project as per schedule
B.Tech.
YEAR
7.5.2 Project End examination:

At the end of the semester, the student shall submit a comprehensive project report covering
the work done. He should make a final presentation before a panel of examiners consisting of
the Head of the Department or his nominee (Chairman), one external examiner, one internal
examiner and project work supervisor. The external and internal examiners shall be appointed
by the Dean Evaluation from the panel of examiners recommended by the Head of the
Department. The dates of submission of reports, presentations and scheme of evaluation
shall be announced and the same informed to the students in advance. The general scheme
of evaluation is given in Table-12 below.
Table-12 : Evaluation of Project Work
Marks
Component
Guide
HoD/
nominee
External
Examiner
Internal
Examiner
Total
Marks
Relevance of the project

with current trends
Presentation skills of student
15
Viva
10
Individual student contribution
Internal reviews progress/

batch wise
Project report
10
Total Marks
25
15
50
The committee shall verify the quality of the project work done. 10% of the projects assessed
will be reviewed by the committee headed by Dean (R &D) on a random basis. If the deviation
of marks awarded to the project work is more than 20% of the students academic average
marks, then the committee will carry out a review to identify the reasons for the deviation and
the same will be analyzed and documented.
7.6
Internship evaluation:
Internship work is undertaken either in the VII or VIII semester by a student in an industry,
under the joint supervision of industry personnel and a faculty member. 50% of the marks of
Internship are allotted through continuous evaluation and the remaining 50% are based on
end semester examination as given in table-13 below.
Table-13 : Assessment of Internship Work
Component
Evaluation by
End-semester
Internship Review Evaluation by the
Committee
Panel
Total
Review - I
(four weeks from the date
of commencement)
25
25
Review - II
(eight weeks from date
of commencement)
25
25
End-Semester Examination
Total
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
50
50
50
50
100
xv
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B.Tech.
a)
The progress of internship work is reviewed twice in a semester by the Internship Review
Committee and internal marks are awarded based on these reviews.
b)
The Internship Review Committee (IRC) consists of Head of Department or his/her

nominee (Chairman), a senior faculty member and the internal and external (industry)
supervisors.
c)
The IRC may not be the same for all students; however, the same IRC should exist for
entire duration of the internship program of any single student.
d)
The schedule and the scheme of evaluation are to be announced with internship
notification. The internship reviews may take place at the place of internship or at the
university, as decided by the department.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
The IRC Chairman shall make a comparative statement of these marks with the students
previous aggregate percentage of marks. When the difference is more than 20%, the remarks
of the chairman are to be endorsed with full justification and displayed at notice boards. A
committee appointed by the Dean Evaluation will scrutinize all such comparisons and take
necessary action.
7.6.1 Internal reviews at the place of internship:
The internal supervisor will visit the industry at least two times based on the schedule given by
industry to conduct the reviews.
a)
Both internal and industry supervisor will conduct the reviews at the premises of industry
where internship is taken up.
b)
Each review will be conducted for 25 marks based on the parameters mentioned in the
Table-14 below.
c)
Students should submit a report (not more than two pages) explaining about the progress
of their work, mentioning clearly details like the machines or software handled/adopted,
type of data collected and his/her contribution in the programme, before the supervisors.
Table-14 : Continuous Evaluation of Internship
Component
Internal
External
IRC
Total
Regularity and interaction
Application of knowledge
Gaining of new knowledge /

skills / literature survey
Internship progress
Report
Total marks
10
10
25
7.6.2 Internal reviews at the institute:

In cases where reviews at the place of internship are not possible, student may be called to the
university for internal reviews. In such cases, the student should prepare a progress report
clearly explaining the nature of work undertaken during the said review period and present it
before the IRC. The report should be counter signed by the industry supervisor.
7.6.3 External Examination- Internship:
At the end of the semester, the student shall submit a comprehensive report of internship
covering the work done and make a final presentation before a panel of examiners consisting
of the Head of the Department or his nominee (Chairman), one external examiner, one
internal examiner and internal supervisor.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xvi

The external and internal examiners shall be appointed by Dean Evaluation from the
panel of examiners recommended by the Head of the Department.
b)
The dates of submission of reports, presentations and scheme of evaluation shall be

announced and the same informed to the students in advance.
YEAR
The review will be conducted for 100 marks as given in Table-15 below and the marks will
be scaled down to 50.
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
c)
A committee, comprising Dean R & D, two senior professors appointed by the Dean Evaluation
will monitor and verify the quality of the assessment. 10% of the internship review reports
assessed will be reviewed by the committee on a random basis. If the deviation of marks
awarded to the project work is more than 20% of the students academic average marks, then
the committee will carry out a review to identify the reasons for the deviation, and the same will
be analyzed and documented.
Table-15 : End Semester Evaluation of Internship
External
Examiner
HoD
Nominee
Total
10
20
Gaining of new knowledge

and skills
10
20
Application of knowledge
and analysis
10
20
Internship progress
Component
Internal
Internal
supervisor Examiner
Report
Presentation
7.7
B.Tech.
a)
10
Viva voce
20
Total
10
25
40
25
100
Honors project and the Evaluation scheme:

The students attempting for honors can opt for doing a project (instead of doing theory
courses) for securing the additional twelve credits required for honors.
a)
These types of projects are to be completed over a period of two years (four semesters)
commencing from the fifth semester.
b)
The students have to do the project individually (could be of interdisciplinary nature or

outside the department as well) under the guidance of faculty supervisor allotted/
approved by the head of the department of their respective branch.
c)
The student in consultation with the faculty supervisor(s) should define the project,
probable procedure of carrying it out and submit a detailed report to a committee
headed by Dean research and development for approval.
d)
After receiving approval from the committee the student can go ahead with the project
work.
e)
The progress of the project will be reviewed once in a semester and internal marks are
awarded based on these reviews.
f)
Each internal review will be conducted for fifty marks and the average of three reviews
will be taken towards the award of continuous assessment marks.
g)
A committee appointed by Dean Evaluation consisting of three senior faculty members

will conduct these reviews and evaluation is in line with the monitoring mechanism
mentioned for other student projects.
h)
The student should submit a progress report for every review and present a seminar
talk open to entire faculty.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xvii
B.Tech.
YEAR
i)
The outcome of the project should end up with at least two publications in the national
or International conference proceedings and another in the refereed International
Journal.
j)
Finally the student shall submit a comprehensive project report and make a final
presentation before a panel of examiners consisting of the review committee members
and also one external examiner.
k)
The end examination marks of fifty will be awarded by the committee based on the
quality of the project thesis and the viva-voce examination.
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
7.8.
Examinations Procedures:
7.8.1 Pre Examinations:

Normally, a minimum of one week of study holidays will be given to the students for preparation
of the end examinations (theory). In order to maintain the academic standards, external faculty
from reputed institutions are involved in the setting of the end examination question papers.
The question paper will be designed to test all the outcomes listed in the curriculum, keeping in
mind the abilities of the average performer in that particular course. An examination notification
consisting of the details of examination fee, payment dates, application procedure etc., will be
released by the office of Dean Evaluation and displayed on the notice boards and also posted
on the university website. Examination schedules will be announced at least one month before
the commencement of examinations.
7.8.2 During Examination:
To ensure secured environment, examinations will be conducted in the halls, exclusively
designated for the purpose and under CCTV surveillance. Seating arrangements will be in
such a way that students who are writing the same examination are separated by at least one
and half meter distance. The seating arrangements, malpractice norms, guidelines to be followed
by the student during examinations will be displayed on the notice boards prominently. Special
flying squads are deployed for patrolling and preventing any malpractice during examinations.
Students will be subjected to scrutiny before entering into the examination halls and no electronic
gadgets are permitted except calculators.
7.8.3 After the examination:
To ensure objectivity in evaluation, the answer scripts are encoded before evaluation and also
jumbled. To assure transparency, the scheme of evaluation to be used for evaluation is made
available to students and faculty through internet, and comments received will be used to
revise the scheme, if needed. 10% of the total scripts are reevaluated by experts to verify the
uniform implementation of the scheme during evaluation.
7.8.4 Results:
Results of the end examinations are announced within three weeks of completion of the last
examination. Results are published on the University website, displayed prominently on all the
notice boards in the university and also informed to the parents through SMS. Along with the
results, recounting and re-evaluation notifications are released clearly mentioning the schedules
of various such activities. In order to ensure transparency, copies of the answer script are
shown to the students based on request, and to those who apply for recounting or re-evaluation.
The recounting will be done in the presence of the applicant. Marks memos will be issued
within two weeks after the announcement of re-evaluation of results.
7.9
Grades from co-curricular and extra-curricular activities:

Towards realizing the Universitys vision of preparing multifaceted personalities suitable not
only for placements but also as a social responsibility and to lead a happy and successful life
in future, various other activities such as NCC, NSS, NSO, yoga, music, dance etc. are
encouraged and credits are awarded accordingly. Summer internships, certification courses
from reputed organizations, games and sports, value added courses are conducted in the
institution by the Entrepreneurship Cell or departments, which are also considered for award of
credits. The credits shall be awarded based on the successful completion and passing in the
examinations conducted for them. However, these programmes need prior approval of the
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xviii
authorities concerned. Courses of generalized skills, life skills, professional communication

skills etc., all fall in this category.
Extra curricular activities like the performance in NCC, NSS, NSO, yoga, music, dance and
fine arts are also considered for the award of credits. Detailed procedures on offering these
programme and evaluation procedures and requirements for the award of the credits for such
courses are provided in the brochures and information manuals available for each programme.
These courses will carry one credit, with a minimum of thirty hours of engagement in a semester,
as defined by the University or by the agencies approved / recognized by the University. Such
courses will culminate with a certification of qualifying in the concerned activity by the agency/
University. To evaluate these activities objectively, different committees consisting of not less
than three members each, shall be appointed by the Dean Evaluation. The evaluation parameters
for such activities include regularity, discipline and the performance, based on which pass/fail
grade will be awarded.
The number of credits that can be claimed from this category shall not exceed five in the entire
programme.
7.10 Grading System
For each course, a letter grade is awarded based on the absolute grading system, as shown in
the Table-16:
Table-16 : Grading information
Percentage of Marks
90 and above
8.
Category
Grade
Grade Points
Outstanding
10
80 and above but less than 90
Excellent
Very Good
Good
Fair
Less than 50
Fail
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS
The supplementary examinations shall be conducted during summer break. These examinations
are conducted for the students who have failed in their theory and practical examinations in the
current or earlier semesters.
9.
AWARD OF DEGREE
On successful completion of prescribed requirements of the programme, the degree shall be
conferred during the convocation of the VFSTR University.
For the conferment of degree, the student has to fulfill the following requirements:
a)
a bonafide student and undergone the course work of not less than four academic
years and not more than eight academic years from the date of joining.
b)
successfully completed all the courses as prescribed in the respective curriculum.
c)
acquired a minimum eligible credits i.e., 195 credits.
d)
obtained no due certificates as prescribed by VFSTRU.
e)
no indisciplinary proceedings pending against him/her.
10. GRADE POINT AVERAGE

The Academic Performance of a student is indicated by the Semester Grade Point Average
(SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA).
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xix
B.Tech.
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B.Tech.
11. SEMESTER GRADE POINT AVERAGE (SGPA)

The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) shall be computed using the formula given below:
YEAR
DEGREE
PROGRAMME
where
n
number of course a student registered in the semester under consideration
pi
Grade points secured

consideration.
Ci
the number of credits assigned to

consideration.
for the ith
course registered in the semester under
ith course registered in the semester under
12. CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA)

The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) shall be computed for all the semesters of
study completed at a given point of time. The formula shall be as follows :
where
m
number of courses of study registered in all semesters at a given point of time in the
programme
Cj
the number of credits assigned to the jth course
pj
grade points secured in the jth course.
13. CLASSIFICATION
The students who have become eligible for award of degree shall be classified based on
CGPA secured as given below:
Sl No.
CGPA Secured
Class / Division
1.
8.5* and above
Honors*
2.
8.0 and above
First Class with Distinction
3.
6.5 and above but less than 8.0
First Class
4.
6.0 and above but less than 6.5
Second Class
*Should have acquired 12 additional credits (Totaling to 207) and passed all the courses in
his/ her first attempt and secured an overall CGPA of above 8.5.
a)
Toppers in each specialization are identified, based on their academic performance (CGPA)
and are awarded gold medals during the convocation.
b)
In addition, the Chairmans gold medal is awarded to the outstanding student based on
the overall performance which includes academic, co-curricular and extracurricular
activities, campus placements and competitive examinations.
c)
In addition, the university may recognize exceptional performance such as music, dance,
sports etc. and display of exceptional bravery from time to time.
14. CHANGE OF BRANCH

The students can request for change of branch after completing the first two semesters of
study. One percent of the seats in each branch subject to a minimum of one seat is made
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xx

available for accommodating such requests. These requests are considered subject to the
following conditions:
a)
Top one percent of the students in each branch based on CGPA at the end of the second
semester subject to a minimum of one student in each branch are eligible for a change
of branch.
b)
If only one student is eligible from a branch and if he/she is not willing to change
specialization, the opportunity can be availed by the second or third ranker of the branch
in that order.
c)
The seats must be available in the branch to which a student intends to change.
d)
The seats in the branch from which a student intends to change do not fall significantly
such that it is unviable to run the programme after effecting the change.
e)
The student opting for a change should not have any backlog courses.
f)
The decision of the University in effecting the changes is final.
All the above points are applicable for branch change cases based on the merit criterion. There
may be branch change requests of another kind, from the students who are not able to cope up
with the studies of the branch they are admitted into. All such requests are to be referred to a
committee constituted for the purpose. The committee takes the decision based on the merit of
each case, the availability of seats and various other factors. The decision of the committee in
this regard is final.
Because there is a difference of one or two courses in the First year curriculum among
different specializations, when the student changes his specialization after completing first
year, he/she is required to complete those first year courses of the new specialization which
were not studied by him/her during the first year. Special classes shall be arranged during
summer semester breaks for such students to study and complete those courses. They have to
attend those classes and fulfill the requirements of attendance and internal marks. Such students
can appear for the external examinations along with regular and supplementary batches.
15. INTERPRETATION OF RULES

a)
The academic rules and regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any
interpretation.
b)
In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of
the Vice-Chancellor or the committee appointed by University for the purpose, is final.
The University may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at any time,
and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students with effect from
the dates, notified by the University.
-oOo-
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
xxi
R-16
CURRICULUM
STRUCTURES
I YEAR
I Sem and II Sem
II YEAR
I Sem and II Sem
III YEAR
I Sem and II Sem
IV YEAR
I Sem and II Sem
Department Elective Streams and Courses
Opent Electives and Courses
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
(Applicable for students admitted into First Year from academic year 2016-17 onwards)
I YEAR
I Year I Semester
Course Code
Course Title
16HS103
Engineering Mathematics-I
16HS102
Engineering Physics
16HS105
Technical English Communication
16CS101
Basics of Computers and Internet
16CS102
Computer Programming
16EE101
Basics of Engineering Products
16HS104
English Proficiency and Communication Skills
16HS110
Engineering Physics Laboratory
18
15
28
Course Title
16HS108
Engineering Mathematics-II
16HS107
Engineering Chemistry
16ME101
Engineering Graphics
16EE102
Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
16HS111
Engineering Chemistry Laboratory
16HS109
Environmental Science and Technology
16TF101
Textile Fibres
16CH102
Material Science and Technology
Total
18
12
27
Total
I Year II Semester
Course Code
L : Lecture Hours/week ; T : Tutorial Hours/week ;

P : Practical Hours/week ; C : Credits of the Course ;
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
II YEAR
II Year I Semester
Course Code
Course Title
16HS202
Probability and Statistics
16EL102
Soft Skills Laboratory
16TF201
Technology of Manufactured Fibres
16TF202
Yarn Manufacturing
16TF203
Fabric Manufacturing
16TF204
Fashion, Art, Design and Accessories
16TF205
Pattern Engineering
16TF206
Fashion Illustration Laboratory
16TF207
Accessories and Surface Ornmentation Laboratory
Employability and Life Skills Elective*
1-3
18
25-27
Total
*
Courses and Progrmmes such as Foreign Languages, Summer Internship, NCC, NSS, Yoga, Music,
Dance, Value Added Courses etc. for which credits and other details shall be defined by concerned
coordinators.
II Year II Semester
Course Code
Course Title
16EL103
Professional Communication Laboratory
16TF208
Garment Construction Techniques
16TF209
Technology of Knits and Non-wovens
16TF210
Fabric Structure and Design
16TF211
Textile Wet Processing
Department Elective
Department / Open Elective
3-4
1-3
12
24-27
Total
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
ii
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
II YEAR
III Year I Semester

Course Code
Course Title
16TF301
Testing of Fibres and Yarns
16TF302
Apparel Production, Planning and Control
16TF303
Garment Dyeing, Printing and Embroidery
16TF304
Textile Mathematics
Department Elective
3-4
1-3
12
22-25
Course Title
16HS301
Professional Ethics
16TF305
Garment Machinery
16TF306
Testing of Fabrics and Garments
16TF307
Apparel Merchandising
16TF308
Textile and Fashion CAD Lab
Department Elective
3-4
1-3
11
23-26
Total
III Year II Semester

Course Code
Total
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
iii
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
IV YEAR
IV Year I Semester
Course Code
Course Title
16MS201
Management Science
16TF401
Cloting Comfort
16TF402
Industrial Engineering for Textiles and Apparels
16TF403
Apparel Costing and Export Documentation
16TF404
Technical Textiles
16TF405
Men, Women, Children Wear Construction Laboratory
Department Elective
3-4
1-3
15
24-27
Project work / Internship
30
15
Total
30
15
Total
IV Year II Semester
Course Code
Course Title
16TF406/16TF407
In addition to L, T, P, C the following information in hours/semester is also provided for each course.
WA/RA
: Writing Assignment / Reading Assignment
SSH/HSH
: Self Study Hours / Home Study Hours
CS
: Case Study and Example
SA
: Skills Activity
: Seminar
BS
: Beyond Syllabus
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
iv
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
ELECTIVES
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE STREAMS AND COURSES

STREAM - 1: YARN MANUFACTURING
Course Code
Course Title
16TF250
Practical Aspects in Blow Room and Carding
16TF350
Practical Aspects in Drawing, Comber and Simplex
16TF351
Practical Aspects in Yarn Manufacturing
16TF450
Maintenance in Spinning
STREAM - 2: WOVEN FABRIC MANUFACTURING

Course Code
Course Title
16TF251
Practical Aspects in Weaving Preparatory
16TF352
Principles of Weaving
16TF353
Shuttleless Weaving
16TF451
Mechanics of Weaving Machines
STREAM - 3: KNITTING TECHNOLOGY

Course Code
Course Title
16TF252
Hand Knitting and Flat Knitting
16TF354
Circular Knitting
16TF355
Wrap Knitting
16TF452
Advancement in Knitting Technology
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
ELECTIVES
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE STREAMS AND COURSES

STREAM - 4: TEXTILE WET PROCESSING
Course Code
Course Title
16TF253
Dyes and Pigment
16TF356
Dyeing and Printing Machinery
16TF357
Eco-Friendly Wet Processing
16TF453
Functional Finishes
STREAM - 5: INDIVIDUAL ELECTIVE COURSES

Course Code
Course Title
16TF358
Computer Applications in Textiles
16TF359
Lean and Six Sigma in Textiles and Apparels
16TF360
Physical Properties of Textile Fibres
16TF361
Process Control and Quality Management in Textiles
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
vi
B.Tech.
R-16 CURRICULUM
OPEN
ELECTIVES
OPEN ELECTIVE STREAMS AND COURSES

MANAGEMENT STREAM
Course Code
Course Title
16MS202
Principles and Practice of Management
16MS301
Managerical Economics
16MS302
Finance for Engineers
16MS401
Engineering Entrepreneurship
Course Title
16HS219
Indian History and Culture
16HS224
Polity and Governance of India
16HS307
Economic and Social Development of India
16HS308
Geography and Environmental Concerns of India
Course Title
16IT201
Object oriented Programming
16CS303
Web Technologies
16CS254
Scripting Languages
16CS201
Database Management Systems
16IT309
Unix Programming
16CS301
Software Engineering
16CS302
Data Mining Techniques
16IT409
Multimedia Systems
HUMANITIES STREAM
Course Code
IT STREAM
Course Code
OPEN STREAMS OF OTHER DEPARTMENTS

Elective Streams offered by other departments that are opted by the students are included in this
category.
INDIVIDUAL ELECTIVE COURSES OF OTHER DEPARTMENTS

Individual elective courses of other departments that are opted by the students are included in this
category.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
vii
Y E A R
TEXTILE AND
FASHION
TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech.
I SEMESTER 4
16HS103 -
Engineering Mathematics - I
16HS102 -
Engineering Physics
16HS105 -
Technical English Communication
16CS101 -
Basics of Computer and Internet
16CS102 -
Computer Programming
16EE101 -
Basics of Engineering Products
16HS104 -
English Proficiency and Communication Skills
16HS110 -
Engineering Physics Laboratory
II SEMESTER 4
16HS108 -
Engineering Mathematics - II
16HS107 -
Engineering Chemistry
16ME101 -
Engineering Graphics
16EE102 -
Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engg.
16HS111 -
Engineering Chemistry Laboratory
16HS109 -
Environmental Science and Technology
16TF101 -
Textile Fibers
16CH102 -
Material Science and Technology
COURSE CONTENTS
I SEM & II SEM
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
16HS103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - I
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
15
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
10
45
SA
BS
Course Description and Objectives:

It is aimed to offer various analytical as well as numerical methods to solve first and second
order ordinary differential equations; to impart the knowledge of partial differentiation; to
acquaint with the various methods to solve first and second order partial differential equations;
to make the student familiar with applications of first order ordinary differential equations. To
make the student to use different mathematical tools of MATLAB related to above concepts.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
recognise and solve different types of first order ordinary differential equations.
find the complementary functions and particular integral of second and higher order
ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients.
apply the knowledge of ordinary differential equations in some instances.
solve ordinary differential equations, with initial conditions, numerically.
find the local maxima/minima of given function of two variables.
eliminate arbitrary constants/functions from given relations to form partial differential

equations.
solve linear and non-linear partial differential equations of standard types.
classify second order partial differential equations and solve them.
SKILLS:
Solve given differential equation by suitable method.
Compute numerical solutions of differential equation by apt method.
Compute maxima/minima of given function.
Solve given partial differential equation by appropriate method.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Differentiate
methods to
solve given
differential
equation.
o Compute
numerical
solutions to
differential
equation and
compare the
result with
MATLAB
output.
o Compute
maxima/minima
of given
function.
o Differentiate
methods to
solve given
partial
differential
equation.
o Estimation of
acoustic
impedance of a
given material.
L- 9, T-3
FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Variable separable, Homogeneous differential equations,

Linear differential equations, Bernoullis differential equations, Exact and non-exact differential
equations.
UNIT - 2
L- 9, T-3
SECOND ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Linear differential equations with constant coefficients,
Homogeneous differential equations of second and higher order, Methods to find particular integral
when RHS is of the form - eax, sinax, cosax and xn.
UNIT - 3
L- 9, T-3
APPLICATIONS OF FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Orthogonal trajectories (including

polar form), Newtons law of cooling, Law of natural growth and decay.
NUMERICAL METHODS TO SOLVE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Taylor series method, Picards
method, Eulers and modified Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method.
UNIT - 4
L- 9, T-3
MAXIMA/MINIMA OF FUNCTIONS OF TWO VARIABLES: Review of partial differentiation - Partial

derivatives, Partial derivatives of higher order; Homogeneous function, Eulers theorem, Total
differential coefficient, Maxima and Minima of a function of two variables, Conditions for extreme
values, Lagrange method of undetermined multipliers.
JACOBIANS : Definition, Properties, Jacobian of implicit functions.
UNIT - 5
L- 9, T-3
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Formation of partial differential equations, Linear (Lagrange)

equations, Method of multipliers, Non-linear partial differential equations (Types), Charpits method,
Second order linear equations with constant coefficients only, Classifications, Rules to find
complimentary function and particular integral (special cases).
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Basic mathematical operations using MATLAB.
2.
Solving simple expressions.
3.
Limits.
4.
Continuity.
5.
Symbolic differentiation.
6.
Symbolic integration.
7.
Plotting of curves.
8.
Plotting of surfaces.
9.
Maxima & minima of functions of one variable.
10.
Maxima & minima of functions of two variable.
11.
Solving first order O.D.E.
12.
Eulers Method and R-K Method.
Total hours-30
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
H. K. Dass and Er. Rajanish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics,

3rd edition, S. Chand & Co, 2014.
2.
B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th edition, Khanna Publishers, 2014.
3.
Rudra Pratap, Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford University Publication, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford Publications, 2015.
2.
B. V. Ramana, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill education,

25th reprint, 2015.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
16HS102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
45
CS
SA
BS
10
10

Technology is the experimental information for the physicist, where the theories can be tested.
Recent technical developments have been the results of collaboration of physicists and engineers.
Study of engineering physics is a unique opportunity to learn the fundamental concepts of physics
and apply this knowledge to both scientific and engineering problems.
The present course deals with various fields such as Lasers, Optical fibers, Photonics, Nano
and functional materials, make the students to enrich basic knowledge in various fields of
physics and apply the same in engineering fields.
Course Outcomes:
understand the applications of ultrasonics and to calculate the velocity of ultrasonic

waves in liquids.
acquire basic knowledge in Non-destructive techniques.
understand basic concepts of laser and optical fiber which help in designing and
developing new devices in emerging fields.
grasp the basics of quantum mechanics.
understand the fabrication of solar devices.
use nano science and technology for innovative and compact design.
demonstrate synthesis, properties and applications of nanomaterials and functional

materials.
SKILLS:
Determine the velocity of ultrasonics in a given liquid using interferometer.
Study the wavelengths of light sources and lasers.
Estimate the efficiency of a given solar cell.
Learn about the type of the optical fiber and its ability to propagate light waves from its
numerical aperture.
Know voltage current characteristics of a given light emitting diode.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
L- 9
ULTRASONICS: Introduction, Production of ultrasonic waves - Piezoelectric method; Properties of

ultrasonic waves, Types of ultrasonic waves, Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves in
solids and liquids, SONAR - Medical applications.
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING: Introduction, Types, Visual inspection, Liquid penetrate testing,
Ultrasonic Testing Systems, X - Ray radiography.
UNIT - 2
L- 9
LASERS: Characteristics of laser light, Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation, He-Ne
laser, CO2 laser, Semiconductor laser, Applications.
ACTIVITIES:
o Estimation of
acoustic
impedance of a
given material.
o Measurement
of distances
using ultrasonic
range finder.
HOLOGRAPHY: Holography and applications.
o Study of linear
FIBER OPTICS: Principle of optical fiber, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Types of fibers,
Dispersion and attenuation in optical fibers, Optical fiber communication system, Fiber optic sensors.
UNIT - 3
L- 9
QUANTUM MECHANICS: Introduction, Matter waves, Schroedingers time independent wave

equation, Physical significance of the wave function, Particle in one dimensional potential well,
Tunneling phenomenon.
FREE ELECTRON THEORY OF METALS: Introduction, Classical free electron theory, Electrical
conductivity of metal, Quantum free electron theory, Fermi - Dirac distribution function and its
variation with temperature.
PARTICLE ACCELERATORS: Introduction, Cyclotron, Synchrocyclotron, Betatron and applications.
UNIT - 4
L- 9
SOLAR ENERGY: Solar radiation, Photovoltaic effect, Solar cells, Efficiency of solar cell, Solar thermal
energy conversion systems.
PHOTONICS: LED, LCD, Photo conducting materials, Photo detectors, Photonic crystals, Nonlinear optical behaviour of materials, Applications.
UNIT - 5
L- 9
NANO MATERIALS: Introduction, Fabrication of nano materials - Ball milling - Sol-Gel method;
Physical and chemical properties of nano materials, Applications.
FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS: Smart materials, Shape memory alloys, Chromic materials (Thermo,
Photo and electro), Metallic glasses, Advanced ceramics, Composites, Fiber reinforced
plastics/metals, Biomaterials.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
V.Rajendran, Engineering Physics, 7th edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt.Ltd.,
2014.
2.
D.K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Engineering Physics, Oxford University Press,
2015.
density of yarn/
fibre using
Meldes
experiment.
o Determination
of refractive
index of a given
liquid using
laser.
o Find the height

of a room using
laser.
o Identify the
type of semiconductor using
Hall effect.
o Study of
numerical
aperture of
optical fibres
made of
different
materials.
o Design of solar
panel to obtain
required
voltage.
o Evaluation of
thermal
conductivity of
materials.
o Measure the
temperature
using thermo
couple.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
M.R. Srinivasan, Engineering Physics, 1st edition, New Age International

Publishers, 2008.
2.
M.N. Avadhanulu & P.G. Kshirsagar, Engineering Physics, 1st edition, Chand and
Company Ltd., 1992.
3.
Sukhatme S.P., Solar Energy, 2nd edition, TMH publication, 2005.
4.
Dr. Arumugam Materials Science, 3rd edition, Anuradha Publications, 2002.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
16HS105 TECHNICAL ENGLISH

COMMUNICATION
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
10
15
SA
BS
Course Description and Objectives :

To introduce students the specific use of English for the purpose of Technical Communication
that would strengthen their skills in the areas of writing and speaking and thereby enable them
to function effectively in their professional sphere. The objective of this course is to direct the
students towards developing their technical writing skills in particular and overall language
proficiency in general. It will be done by making students peruse good samples of technical
writing covering a wide range of contemporary issues relevant to the engineering profession.
Students will, also be revisiting, the fundamentals of grammar to get trained on use of standard
English.
Course Outcomes:
acquire an understanding of the rules of grammar.

strengthen their reading and listening comprehension skills to follow the academic
discourse in the engineering classroom.
have a command of basic vocabulary related to different subject areas.
have a grasp on the mechanics of writing and express their ideas through construction
of simple texts.
attain language proficiency to participate in the classroom discussions.
SKILLS:
Apply different sub skills like skimming, scanning, reading for information, reading
for inference etc to understand different kinds of text.
Apply different sub skills like top down, bottom up approaches to listening, and
understand phonetic and phonological features of the English language to deconstruct
long spoken discourses.
Use functional vocabulary relevant to subject areas like environment, tourism,

engineering, technology and media to express ideas lucidly.
Use appropriate sentence structure, cohesive devices and diction to construct simple
text in writing and regular correspondence like e-mails, letters etc.
Capture and understand key points during class room discourses through applying
sub skills of writing like note-making, paraphrasing and summarizing.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
L-9
Text
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS
ACTIVITIES:
(Climate Change, Green Cover, Pollution, Renewable vs. Non

renewable energy sources (from Energy Unit)
o Doing phonetic
Grammar
Articles, Prepositions, Sentence types and construction
Vocabulary
Root, Prefixes, Suffixes
Composition :
Paragraph writing (Descriptive and narrative)
Laboratory
Practice
Introduction to phonetics
transcription of
selected words
from the list
provided using
talking
dictionaries of
AHD and
CALD.
(Organs of Speech, Consonants, Vowels and Diphthongs, Syllable,

Stress and Intonation)
o Completing
UNIT - 2
L-9
Text
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
(Solar power, Cloud computing, Nanotechnology, Wind energy (to
o Completing
be covered from Energy unit))
Grammar
Time and tense (Present-past-future; Helping verbs, Modals)
Vocabulary
Synonyms, Antonyms
Composition :
Letter writing (Informal)
Laboratory
Practice
Grammar Practice (Speaking of past, present and future)
UNIT - 3
Text
graded
listening and
reading
comprehension
exercises in
Rosetta Stone.
L-9
Grammar
Vocabulary
Composition :
Laboratory
Practice
o Watching TED
videos to
paraphrase
and summarize.
Subject-Verb agreement, Sentence construction

Idioms and phrases
Letter writing (Formal)
o Ad- making.
:
Situational conversations Role - Plays
o Preparing
(Introducing, Greeting, Enquiring, Informing, Requesting, Inviting)

UNIT - 4
brochure.
L-9
Text
o Watching TED
videos and
making notes.
TRAVEL AND TOURISM

(Advantages and disadvantages of travel-tourism, Atithi devo bhava,
Tourism in India)
graded
grammar
exercises in
Rosetta Stone.
o Dialogue
writing followed
by role play.
ENGINEERING ETHICS
(Challenger disaster, Biotechnology, Genetic engineering, Protection
o Poster
from natural calamities, How pertinent is the nuclear option? An
designing.
environment of energy (from Energy Unit))
o Team
Avoiding sexist language (Gender Sensitization)
Grammar
Sentence transformation (Degrees, Voice, Speech and Synthesis)
Vocabulary
Phrasal verbs
Composition :
presentation
with PPTs and
Group
Discussion.
Note-making, Text, Nandan Nilekanis In Search of Our Energy

Solutions (from Energy Unit)
Summarizing, Text on Flight from conversation (New York Times)
Laboratory
Practice
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
Situational conversations, Role-Plays (Emotions, Directions,

Descriptions, Agreements, Refusals, Suggestions)
9
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 5
L-9
Text
MEDIA MATTERS
(History of media, Language and media, Milestones in media,
Manipulation by Media, Thousands march against nuclear power in
Tokyo (from Energy Unit), Entertainment media, Interviews)
Grammar
Common errors
Vocabulary
One-word substitutes
Composition :
E-mail Short message service (SMS), Writing advertisements,

Reporting; Social media - Blogging, Facebook, Twitter (acceptable and
non acceptable content)
Laboratory
Practice
Group discussions (Topics from Energy Unit), Dumping of nuclear

wastes, Exploration of eco-friendly energy options, Lifting of subsidies
on petrol, Diesel, LPG etc)
TEXT BOOK:
1
Mindscapes - English for Technologists and Engineers, Orient Black Swan, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
V. R. Narayana Swamy, Strengthen Your Writing, 1st edition, Orient Longman, 2003.
2.
Thomas Elliott Berry, The Most Common Mistakes in English Usage, 1st edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
3.
T. Balasubramanian, A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students,

Macmillan Ltd., 2000.
4.
Sasikumar.V and P.V. Dhamija,. Spoken English: A Self-Learning Guide to Conversation

Practice, 34th Reprint, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1993.
5.
Margaret M Maison, Examine Your English, 1st edition, Orient Longman, 1999.
6.
Ashraf Rizwi, Effective Technical Communication, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
10
I Year I Semester
16CS101 BASICS OF COMPUTERS AND

INTERNET
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course provides students with a working knowledge of the terminology, processes, and
components associated with Computers and Internet. Students will get exposure to Building
blocks of Computers, Operating Systems, Application software, Networking, Internet, World
Wide Web, Security, Maintenance, Information Systems, and the application development
processes.
Course Outcomes:
understand the terms and concepts of Computer Science and Information Technology
(hardware, software, networking, security, Internet/Web, and Technologies).
use the products and services of computers.
use Internet/Web services as a resource for developing shared applications.
install different operating systems and application software.
SKILLS:
Assemble and disassemble the personal computer system.
Install different desktop operating systems.
Use the basic text processing, simple data analysis and data presentation tools.
Configure network parameters.
Secure the personal computer and information from various external threats.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
11
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Prepare a
report on
various
generations of
computers and
its peripherals.
L-10
COMPUTING SYSTEMS: Introduction to computer, Computers for individuals, Importance of

computers, Parts of computer system, Memory devices, Input and output devices, Types of monitors,
Types of printers, Number systems, Bits and bytes, Text codes and types of processors.
UNIT - 2
L-10
OPERATING SYSTEMS: Types of operating systems, User interfaces, PC operating systems, Network
operating systems, Types of software, Programming languages, Compiler and interpreter, Program
control flow and algorithm.
o Disassembling
and
assembling of
a personal
computer
system.
o Install the
Linux operating
system and
other software
required in a
personal
computer
system.
UNIT - 3
L-8
NETWORKS AND DATABASES: Networking basics, Uses of network, Types of networks, Network
hardware, Introduction to data bases and database management systems.
UNIT - 4
L-8
INTERNET AND WWW: Internets services, World wide web, Browser setups, Using search engine,
Email and other internet applications.
UNIT - 5
L-9
CYBER SECURITY: The need of computer security, Basic security concepts, Threats of users, Online
spying tools, Threats to data, Cybercrime, Protective measures.
o Connect the
system to an
Ethernet and
configure the
same.
o Prepare an MS
Word
Document.
o Prepare a
spread sheet
with various
mathematical
operations,
charts and
sorting etc.
o Make a report
on power point
presentation for
the given topic.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
12
I Year I Semester
Course Outcomes:
know the usage of the computer systems.
setup the IDEs for the computer programming languages.
get exposure on office automation tools like Microsoft Word, Excel, and power point.
identify the different computer system and data threats and also protect them by
installing antivirus software.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours-30
1.
Demonstrate the Personal Computer Peripherals and get a report on each peripheral.
2.
Demonstrate the Personal computer assembling procedure and do the same.
3.
Install wide varieties of free and open source operating systems.
4.
Demonstrate Network Interface Card (NIC) configuration and any internet browsers
options setup.
5.
Demonstrate the Java Development Kit (JDK) installation and environmental variable
(PATH) setup.
6.
Demonstrate the following experiments using Office automation tools.
7.
a.
Text formatting and table.
b.
Mathematical equations.
c.
Watermarking using Analysis tool.
d.
Calculate student mark details.
e.
Create four types of charts.
f.
Import external data, sort & filter using Power Point tool.
g.
Create text and images with effects.
h.
Create animation and sound effects.
Demonstrate the installation of anti-virus software to detect different types of virus programs.
TEXT BOOK :
1.
Peter Norton, Introduction to Computers, 7th edition, Tata-McGrawHill, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
ITL Education Solution Limited, Introduction to Computer Science, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.
2.
Eric Maiwald, Fundamentals of Network Security, 3rd edition, Tata-McGrawHill, 2004.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
13
I Year I Semester
16CS102 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
48
15
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course is aimed at offering fundamental concepts of programming language to the students.
It starts with the basics of C-programming and deals with the structure and various attributes
required for writing a C program. It also introduces various operators and control statements
used in programming. Then it switches to functions and arrays. It goes on with strings, pointers,
files & the user defined data types. As a first-level course in computer science, it forms the
basis to understand usage of various attributes in writing a program.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to :
understand the basic terminology used in computer programming to write, compile &
debug programs in C language.
use different data types to design programs involving decisions, loops and functions.
understand the allocation and Usage of dynamic memory.
understand the usage of files & structures.
SKILLS:
Identify suitable data types for an application.
Apply control statements for decision making problems.
Use multidimension array for matrix application.
Design a program to calculate average of a class.
Analyze the difference between static & dynamic memory allocation.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
14
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
L- 10,T-3
INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING: Structure of C program - Comments, Processor statement,

Function header statement, Variable declaration statement and Executable statement; C character
set, Constants, Identifiers, Operators, Punctuations, Keywords, Modifiers, Identifiers, Variables, C
scopes, Basic data types, Type qualifiers, Storage classes, Reading and writing characters,
Formatted I/O.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Implement
matrix
operations.
Implement
malloc and
calloc functions.
Copy the
content of one
file into the
other.
Implement
string
manipulations
L- 9,T-3
OPERATORS AND CONTROL STATEMENTS: Operators - Assignment, Arithmetic, Relational, Logical,

Bitwise, Ternary, Address, Indirection, Sizeof, Dot, Arrow, Parentheses operators; Expressions Operator precedence, Associative rules; Control statements - Category of statements, Selection,
Iteration, Jump, Label, Expression and Block.
UNIT - 3
L- 9,T-3
FUNCTIONS AND ARRAYS: Function - Declaration, Prototype, Definition, Calling by value and call by
address, Standard library functions and Recursive functions; Array - Declaration, Initialization,
Reading, Writing, Accessing and Passing as a parameter to functions, 2D-arrays, Multidimensional
arrays.
UNIT - 4
L- 9,T-3
STRINGS AND POINTERS: Strings - Declaration, String library functions, Array of strings, Command
line arguments; Pointers - Declaration, Initializing pointers, Multiple indirection, Relationship between
arrays and pointers; Scaling up - Array of arrays, Array of pointers, Pointer to a pointer, Pointer to an
array; Pointer to functions, Dynamic memory allocation functions.
UNIT - 5
L- 8,T-3
STRUCTURES AND FILES: Structures - Declaration, Initialization and accessing, Array of structures
and passing structures to functions, Structure pointers, Arrays and structures within structures,
Unions, Bit-fields, Types and enumerations; Files - I/O and processing operations on text and
binary files; Pre-processor directives.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
write, compile and debug programs in C language.
formulate problems and implement algorithms in C.
develop programming components that efficiently solve computing problems in realworld.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Compute the factors of a number.
2.
Compute the average of n numbers.
3.
Find whether a number is palindrome or not.
4.
Find whether a number is a power of 2 or not.
5.
Compute the factorial of a number.
6.
Implement any kind of operation (+,-,*,/,%) using a switch case.
7.
Swap two values useing call by value and call by reference.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
Total hours-30
15
functions.
I Year I Semester
8.
Using structure of arrays.
9.
Find the reversal of a number.
10.
Find the frequency of each number in the array.
11.
Which takes 0s & 1s as input and the array should consist of all 0s first and then 1s.
12.
Copy the first 10 words of a file into the other file.
13.
Count the number of words in a file.
14.
Create a structure which stores the students information in a class.
15.
Reverse the contents of the array.
16.
Implement pointer of pointers.
17.
Give nth term of the Fibonacci number.
18.
Find the factorial of a number using recursion.
19.
Find the number of vowels in a file.
20.
Access the structure and union members.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Ajay Mittal, Programming in C - A practical Approach, 1st edition, Pearson Education,

India, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Reema Thareja, Introduction to C Programming, 2nd edition, Oxford University

Press India, 2015.
2.
Herbert Schildt, C, The Complete Reference, 4th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3.
E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, 4th edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2008.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
16
I Year I Semester
16EE101 BASICS OF ENGINEERING

PRODUCTS
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course enables the students to understand the basics of civil, mechanical, electrical and
electronics systems and components used in day-to-day life. It deals with construction materials,
power generation principles and working of a few commonly used household appliances. Besides,
the student will be able to identify/appreciate various concepts, service and maintainance of
engineering products.
Course Outcomes:
gain knowledge and hands-on experience on various engineering products.
install, operate, maintain and troubleshoot basic mechanical, electrical and electronic
appliances.
understand the concept of conservation of energy.
gain awareness on choosing appropriate construction materials.
SKILLS:
Identify UPS requirements for a given load.
Provide a Lighting scheme for specific working environment.
Design a composition of Heating element for a particular application.
Trouble shoot issues relating to Immersion Heater and Induction Heater.
Provide an earthing for Domestic Outlet.
Select, Configure and maintain a few engineering appliances. Such as TV, Radio,
Telephone, Mobile phone, Wifi Router, Micro oven, PA system etc.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
17
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Trouble
shooting of
immersion
heater and
induction
heaters.
L- 9
WORKING PRINCIPLE OF AC, REFRIGERATOR, PUMPS, IC ENGINES AND SCREW JACK: Working
principle of Air - Conditioner and Refrigerator, Components, Assembly and disassembly; Working
principle of Centrifugal and Reciprocating pumps - Types, Parts and applications, Working principle
of Screw jack and its components, Working principle of IC engines- 2 stroke and 4 stroke.
UNIT - 2
L- 10
BRICKS: General, Qualities and Classification of bricks, Tests for bricks, Size and Weight of bricks,
Timber - Definition, Qualities of good timber, Decay of timber and Advantages of timber in construction.
o Disassembe
and Assembe
the Domestic
Appliances
such as Mixer
Grinder, Fan
etc.,
o Provide
Earthing for
Domestic
Outlet.
o Design the
Electric Wiring
system for a
prototype
house.
o Design the
UPS for a
defined load.
o Practice
assembly of a
FM radio.
o Configure a
Wifi Router for
required
number of
users.
CEMENTS: Types and composition of Cement, Setting of cement, Tests for physical properties of
cement, Different grades of cement.
AGGREGATES: Classification of aggregates, Source, Size and Shape of aggregates, Tests for
aggregates.
STEEL: Types of steel, Physical properties and Mechanical properties of steel, Simple layout design,
Paints, Tiles, fittings, Ventilation, Furniture and green house aspects.
UNIT - 3
L- 08
ELECTRIC ENERGY SYSTEMS: Overview of Power System Structure, Conventional and Non
Conventional Generations, Types of Turbines, Generators, Substations, Towers, Earthing procedure,
Protection schemes, Single Phase and Three Phase Systems, Methods of Electrical Wiring Systems,
Wiring procedure and calculations, Wiring methods, Un-Interruptible Power Supply (UPS),
Components in UPS, Its functionality, Calculation of ratings for UPS components to a specific load.
UNIT - 4
L-10
LIGHT: Light Energy, Evolution of Light sources, Working of Incandescent, Fluorescent, MV, SV and
LED Lamps, Comparison and Applications.
HEAT: Heat Energy, Modes of Heat Transfer, Resistance and Induction Heating, Comparison and
applications.
MOTOR: Electric Motors, Classification, Construction and working principles of motors used in
Domestic applications, Mixer grinder, Ceiling and exhaust fan, Hair dryer, Washing machine, Water
pump, Air coolers, Vacum cleaner, Computer cooling motor, Electric bike.
UNIT - 5
L- 8
HOUSE HOLD ELECTRONIC APPLIANCES: Working principles of television, Radio, Remote control,
Telephone, Microwave oven, Cell phone, PA system, Induction stove, WiFi router and DTH.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
18
I Year I Semester
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours-30
Demonstration of Modelling / functioning / disassembly / assembly / fault rectification /

understanding of the following.
1.
Air-conditioners and Refrigerators
2.
2 Stroke and 4 Stroke Engines
3.
Reciprocating Pumps
4.
Power Screw Jack
5.
Size and Water absorption capacity of Bricks
6.
Initial and final setting time of Cement
7.
Toughness value of coarse aggregates
8.
Bulking of Sand
9.
Earthing Schemes
10.
Electric Wiring
11.
UPS system
12.
Immersion Heater, Induction Heater and Iron Box
13.
Ceiling Fan and Mixer
14.
Television
15
Radio
16.
Remote Control
17.
Telephone
18.
Fax Machine
19.
Mobile Phone
20.
PA System
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
M.S.Shetty, Concrete Technology, 1st edition, S.Chand and Co, 2005.
2.
S. C. Rangwala, Engineering Materials, 36 th edition, Charotar Publishing House,

Anad, 2009.
3.
Govindasamy and A Ramesh, Electrical engineering - Electrical machines and Appliances

Theory, 1 st edition, Tamilnadu text book corporation, 2010.
4.
Janakaraj, A Sumathi et al, Electrical engineering - Electrical machines and Appliances

Theory, 1 st edition, Tamilnadu text book corporation, 2011.
5.
Marshall Brain, How Stuff Works, 1 st edition, John Wiley&Sons, 2001.
6.
Pravin Kumar, Basic Mechanical Engineering, 1 st edition, Pearson Publishers, 2013.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
19
I Year I Semester
16HS104 ENGLISH PROFICIENCY AND

COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
-
SA
BS

To equip the students with Functional English by exposing them to a wide range of language
use in different contexts and thereby encourage them to use the language comfortably in real
life situations. The objective of this course is to strengthen the comprehension skills of
listening and reading by acquiring adequate vocabulary through perusing authentic materials
gathered from news papers, journals and other mass communication media.
Course Outcomes:
use functional English to speak and express themselves in different social contexts
write simple letters, narratives, factual reports and descriptive passages for both
academic and non-academic purposes in English.
gain proficiency to undergo Preliminary English Test (PET), an Intermediate Level

English Certification Test administered by Cambridge English Language
Assessment, UK.
SKILLS:
Use appropriate words in right order for effective sentence formation, and writing
short texts.
Read and extract information from different texts and draw inferences by
understanding elements like tone and transitional words.
Understand short and long spoken discourses through analysis of elements like
stress and intonation.
Articulate clearly thoughts and ideas on simple every day topics.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
20
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
P-6
FUNCTIONS: Introducing Self/Others, Expressing needs/feelings/opinions (SWOT Analysis)
ACTIVITIES:
SKILL FOCUS:
o SWOT
Reading
Understanding factual information
Analysis.
Writing
Word order and sentence formation
o Snap talks.
Listening
Decoding for meaning following elements of stress, Intonation and accent
Speaking
Articulating syllables clearly, Speaking fluently with correct pronunciation
o Spell Bee.
o Short
Vocabulary
Discerning to use right word for the given context
Grammar
Spellings, Use of Nouns, Adjectives, Verbs, Prepositions in the sentence structure
PRACTICE:
conversations.
o Role play.
Objective PET Units 1 - 6
o Quiz.
UNIT - 2
P-6
o JAM.
FUNCTIONS: Defining; Describing People, Places, Things and Process.
o Group.
SKILL FOCUS:
Reading
Inferences from sentences and short messages, True or False
Writing
Rewording, Sentence transformation, Convincing
Listening
Understanding the short messages and conversations
Speaking
Role-plays, Short conversations
Discussion
Debate.
o Team
presentations.
Vocabulary / Grammar Use of Adjectives/Adverbs, Comparatives and Superlatives

PRACTICE:
Objective PET Units 7 12
UNIT - 3
P-6
FUNCTIONS:
Describing Spatial and Temporal Relations, Giving Directions/Instructions
SKILL FOCUS:
Reading
Reading between the lines, Inferences, True/False
Writing
Developing hints, Writing short messages/paragraphs
Listening
Searching for factual information, Gap filling
Speaking
Snap Talks, JAM, Elocution
Vocabulary / Grammar Prepositions, Phrasal Verbs, PET word list

PRACTICE:
Objective PET Units 13 - 18
UNIT - 4
P-6
FUNCTIONS: Narrating, Predicting, Negotiating, Planning

SKILL FOCUS:
Reading
Reading for evaluation and appreciation, Comprehension
Writing
Letters, e-mails, 7 Cs
Listening
Following long conversations / Interviews
Speaking
Discussions, Debate, Descriptions
Vocabulary / Grammar Modals, Conditionals, Verb forms (Time and Tense)

PRACTICE:
o Elocution.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
21
I Year I Semester
UNIT - 5
P-6
FUNCTIONS: Requesting, Denying, Suggesting, Persuading

SKILL FOCUS:
Reading
Understanding factual information
Writing
Short Stories, Explanatory Paragraphs
Listening
Inferences from long speeches/conversations
Speaking
Announcements, Presentations
Vocabulary / Grammar - Punctuation, Cloze tests

PRACTICE:
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Louise Hashemi and Barbara Thomas, Objective PET, Students Book with Answers,
2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Cambridge Preliminary English Test Without Answers 8.
2.
Annette Capel and Rosemary Nixon, Introduction to PET, Oxford University Press.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
22
I Year I Semester
16HS110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

LABORATORY
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
Course objectives and Description:

This lab is intended to make the students realize the theoretical concepts of physics having hands
on experience in conducting the experiments.The students have to perform at least ten from the
list of experiments.
Course Outcomes:
realize the concept of resonance by conducting the experiments of AC sonometer and

Meldes experiment.
acquire the knowledge on magnetic field theory and thermal conductivity by conducting
experiments, field along the axis of a circular coil and thermal conductivity of bad conductor
understand the concepts of light by conducting the experiments of determination of wave
length, numerical aperture of an optical fibre and also from VI characteristics of Solar cell
and LED.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Determination of Velocity of ultrasonic waves in liquids.
2.
Meldes Experiment - Transverse and Longitudinal modes.
3.
Determination of wave length Helium - Neon laser.
4.
Determination of Plancks constant.
5.
Determination of Frequency of Alternating current.
6.
Field along the axis of a circular coil Stewart and Gees apparatus.
7.
Band gap of semiconductor.
8.
Determination of Hall coefficient.
9.
Thermal conductivity of bad conductor - Lees method.
10.
Optical Fibre Determination of numerical aperture.
11.
Solar Cell Efficiency.
12.
Study of V I characteristics of LED.
13.
Seebeck effect - Determination of Seebeck coefficient of a thermo couple.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Jayaraman, Engineering Physics Laboratory manual, 1st edition, Pearson Education,

2014.
2.
Engineering Physics laboratory Manual Department of Physics, VFSTR University, 2016.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
23
I Year II Semester
16HS108 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
15
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
10
45
SA
BS

It is aimed to offer different methods for finding rank of a matrix, solving linear equations using
matrices, to compute Eigen values and Eigen vectors, to verify C.H.T and apply it to find power
of a matrix. Also, to make the students familiarize with double and triple integrals, to make the
student acquainted with the concepts of vector differentiation and integration. To make the
student to use different mathematical tools of MATLAB related to above concepts.
Course Outcomes:
carry out the basic operations of matrix algebra.
use row operations to reduce a matrix to echelon form, normal form.
determine consistency of a system linear equations.
compute eigen values and eigen vectors.
evaluate double integrals and triple integrals.
evaluate double integrals in polar coordinates.
utilize Cartesian and polar coordinates to find area.
understand the concept of gradient, divergance and curl.
apply vector integral theorems in finding surface and volume integrals.
SKILLS:
Appreciate various methods to find the rank of a matrix.
Solve given system of linear equations.
Compute Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a matrix.
Compute the power of a matrix by suitable method.
Evaluate Multiple integrals.
Evaluate surface and volume integrals through vector integral theorems.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
24
I Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
L- 9,T-3
RANK OF MATRIX AND LINEAR EQUATIONS: Rank of a matrix, Normal form, Triangular form, Echelon
from, Consistency of system of linear equations, Gauss-Jordan method, Gauss elimination method,
Gauss-Siedal method.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Differentiate
the methods to
find the rank of
a matrix.
Solve given
system of linear
equations and
compare with
MATLAB
output.
Compute
Eigen values
and Eigen
vectors of a
matrix and
compare with
MATLAB
output.
Compute the
power of a
matrix by
suitable
method.
Evaluate
multiple
integrals and
compare with
MATLAB
output.
Evaluate
surface and
volume
integrals
through vector
integral
theorems.
L- 9,T-3
EIGEN VALUES AND EIGEN VECTORS: Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Properties (without proofs),
Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof), Power of a matrix, Diagonalisation of a matrix.
UNIT - 3
L- 9,T-3
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS: Double integrals, Evaluation, Evaluation in polar coordinates, Change of

order of integration, Change of variables, Applications to area in cartesian coordinates and polar
coordinates, Triple integrals, Fundamentals, Evaluation of triple integrals.
UNIT - 4
L- 9,T-3
VECTOR DIFFERENTIATION: Vector function, Differentiation, Scalar and vector point function, Gradient,
Normal, Divergence, Directional derivative, Curl, Vector identities.
UNIT - 5
L- 9,T-3
VECTOR INTEGRATION: Line integral, Surface integral, Volume integral, Greens theorem, Stokes
theorem, Gauss theorem of divesergence (without proofs).
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Total hours-30
Matrix Algebra.
Rank of a matrix.
System of equations (Direct method).
System of equations (Cramers Rule).
System of equations (matrix inversion method).
Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a matrix.
Powers of matrix & Cayley-Hamilton Theorem.
Vector algebra.
Gradient.
Divergence.
Curl.
Multiple Integrals (Area etc).
Interpolation.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
H. K. Dass and Er. Rajanish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 3 rd edition,

S. Chand & Co., 2014.
2.
B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th edition, 2014.
3.
Rudra Pratap, Getting started with Matlab, Oxford University Press, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford

Publications, 2015.
2.
B. V. Ramana, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 25 th reprint, McGraw Hill

Education, 2015.
3.
R K Jain and S R K Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd edition, Narosa

Publishing House, 2007.
4.
Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons (Asia)
Pvt. Ltd., 2001.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
25
I Year II Semester
16HS107 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
20
45
SA
BS
10

This course aims to develop fundamental knowledge on new engineering materials and their
significance in science and engineering applications. In addition, characterization of materials
using basic and advanced experimental techniques is also offered. Besides, analysis of water
sample and treatment method for domestic, commercial and industrial applications are also
covered.
Course Outcomes:
understand the limitations of using hard water for domestic and industrial purposes.
choose and apply suitable methods to soften the hard water for industrial and domestic
applications.
understand electrochemistry and its importance for applications such as fuel cells,
modern lithium ion batteries etc.
understand the types of corrosion and their implications followed by their control and
prevention methods.
familiarize the preparation, properties and applications of various polymers.
SKILLS:
Analyse the total hardness of water sample.
Understand the basic principles involved in various batteries.
Understand the mechanisms of corrosion and various controlling methods.
Synthesize various polymers.
Identify the functional groups present in chemical compounds using Infrared and
Ultraviolet instruments.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
26
I Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
L- 9
WATER TECHNOLOGY: Introduction, WHO, BIS standards of water, Hardness of water, Determination
of hardness by EDTA (Numerical Problems), Disadvantages of hard water, Scales and sludges,
Caustic embrittlement, Boiler corrosion, Priming and foaming, Softening methods - Zeolite process,
Ion Exchange process; Desalination of brackish water - Reverse osmosis, Electrodialysis.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Collect water
samples from
different
villages near
VFSTR
University and
determine the
total hardness,
and total
alkalinity.
Present the
water analysis
report to the
villagers and
suggest proper
measures to be
taken.
Measure the
rate of
corrosion of
iron objects by
weight loss
method.
Identify some
of the functional
groups like
carboxylicacid,
aldehyde and
ketones by I.R.
Spectroscopy.
Collect water
sample from
different
villages and
estimate the
fluoride present
in the raw water
and suggest
some steps for
the removal of
fluoride.
L- 9
ELECTRO CHEMISTRY: Electrode potential, Electrochemical series, Nernst equation, Reference

electrodes, Calomel and standard hydrogen electrode, Ion selective electrode, Glass electrode,
Determination of pH using glass electrode; Primary cell, Secondary cell - Lead-acid storage cell,
Lithium ion battery; Fuel cells - Hydrogen oxygen, Methanol oxygen.
UNIT - 3
L- 9
SCIENCE OF CORROSION: Introduction, Dry corrosion, Wet corrosion, Mechanisms of wet corrosion,
Bimetallic corrosion, Concentration cell corrosion, Factors influencing the rate of corrosion; Corrosion
control methods - Cathodic protection, Electroplating, Electrolessplating, Corrosion inhibitors.
UNIT - 4
L- 9
POLYMERS: Introduction, Types of polymerization - Preparation, Properties and applications of

polyethylene, PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, Urea formaldehyde, Silicones; Rubber, Vulcanization, Synthetic
rubbers - Buna-S, Buna-N, Neoprene; Introduction to conducting polymers; Poly thiophene.
UNIT - 5
L- 9
INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES: Interaction of radiation with matter, UV-Visible spectroscopy - Beer,

Lamberts law, Qualitative and quantitative analysis, Block diagram of UV-Visible spectrophotometer,
IR spectroscopy - Types of vibrations, Block diagram of IR spectrophotometer.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
P.C Jain and Monica Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 17th edition, Dhanpat Rai
Publications, 2010.
2.
Shashi Chavala, A Text book of Engineering Chemistry Engineering Materials and

Applications, 3rd edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
K.S. Maheswaramma and Mridula chugh, Engineering Chemistry, 1st edition,

Pearson publication, 2015.
2.
M.R. Senapati, Advanced Engineering Chemistry, 2nd edition,

Lakshmi Publications, 2006.
3.
H. W. Wilard and Demerit, Instrumental methods of Analysis, 7th edition,

CBS Publications,1986.
4.
Gurudeep Raj and Chatwal Anand, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 5th edition,
Himalaya Publications, 2007.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
27
I Year II Semester
16ME101 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
15
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
45
15
SA
BS

The main aim of this course is to familiarize the students with the conventional concepts of
engineering drawing and computer aided applications in various fields. Engineering graphics is
an International language of Engineers. It is the most effective method of communicating
technical ideas in a 2D and 3D format.
Course Outcomes:
sketch engineering objects in the freehand mode.
create geometric construction with hand tools.
create dimensions of objects.
prepare plan and elevation of any pictorial view.
draw freehand lettering.
make isometric sketches using graphics.
draw orthographic multi-view sketches using graphics.
SKILLS:
Draw free hand sketches, layouts, circuit diagrams, plan and elevations.
Draw geometrical objects like polygons, solids of different types.
Visualize the objects in real time situations.
Develop 3D views (isometric views).
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
28
I Year II Semester
UNIT 1
L-3, P-10
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWING: Types of lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Construction

of polygon and conics (Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola by general method), Ellipse by oblong
method.
UNIT 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Draw line
diagram of
different
machineries.
Draw plan and

elevations of
buildings and
engineering
products.
Understand,
visualize 3-D
components/
products and
develop
drawings.
Draw different
curves used in
several
engineering
applications
such as
bridges, dams
etc.
L-3, P-8
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS: Principle of projection, Planes of projections, Projections of points,

Projection of straight lines, Inclined to one plane and both the planes, Projections of planes, Simple
planes, Planes inclined to one reference planes.
UNIT 3
L-3, P-8
PROJECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Projections of prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders, Cones, Solid axis inclined
to one plane.
UNIT 4
L-3, P-10
AUTOCAD: Introduction to AutoCAD

ISOMETRIC VIEWS: Isometric drawing of simple objects, Isometric view of prisms, Pyramids, Cone
and cylinder, Simple orthographic views into isometric views through AutoCAD.
UNIT 5
L-3, P-9
ORTHOGRAPHIC VIEWS: Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views through AutoCAD.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
N.D.Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, 53rd edition, Charotar Publication, 2014.
2.
Basant Agrawal , C.M.Agrawal Engineering Drawing , 2nd edition., Tata McGraw Hill,2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
J. hole, Engineering Drawing, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2.
K.L. Narayana, Engineering drawing, 2nd edition, Scitech Publications, 2008.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
29
I Year II Semester
16EE102 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course provides an in-sight into the functioning of basic electrical components like resistor,
inductor and capacitor. It deals with the constructional and operational details of both D.C & A.C
machines. It also deals with the basic electronic components like P-N Junction Diode, Zener
diode, Transistor and their characteristics.
Course Outcomes:
understand the notation and usage of components in electric circuits.
analyze AC (single and three phase) and DC, AC circuits using different methods
and laws.
operate various electrical machines.
understand the concepts of semiconductor devices and their operation.
SKILLS:
Distinguish between linear and nonlinear elements by looking at VI characteristics.
Develop a simple loop generator.
Design a voltage regulator using Zener diode.
Design a half wave rectifier using PN junction diode.
Design a full wave rectifier using PN junction diodes.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
30
I Year II Semester
UNIT 1
L-9
FUNDAMENTALS OF DC CIRCUITS: Circuit concepts, Concepts of network, Active and passive

elements, Voltage and current sources, Concept of linearity and linear network, Unilateral and
bilateral elements, R, L and C as linear elements, Ohms Law, Kirchhoffs Laws - Application to
simple series, Parallel circuits, Mesh and nodal analysis of simple resistive circuits (Simple
numerical problems).
UNIT 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Decoding the
value of
resistors.
Design and
fabricate a
simple loop
permanent
magnet
generator.
Design and
fabricate a
simple air
cored
transformer.
Fabricate full
and half wave
rectifiers
using PN
junction diodes.
Fabricate a
voltage
regulator using
Zener diode.
L-9
FUNDAMENTALS OF A.C. CIRCUITS: Generation of A.C. voltage - Frequency, Average value, R.M.S.
value, Form factor, Peak factor for sinusoidal only, Phasor representation of alternating quantities,
Analysis of simple series and parallel A.C. circuits (simple numerical problems).
BALANCED THREE PHASE SYSTEMS: Relation between phase and line quantities of voltages and
currents in star and delta connected systems (Elementary treatment only).
UNIT 3
L-9
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTROMAGNETISM: Concepts of Magneto motive force, Reluctance, Flux

and flux density, Concept of self Inductance and mutual Inductance, Coefficient of coupling (only
elementary treatment and Simple numerical problems).
TRANSFORMERS: Principle of operation of single phase transformer, Constructional features, EMF
equation (simple numerical problems).
UNIT 4
L-9
DC MACHINES: Constructional details of a D.C. Machine, D.C. Generator, Principle of operation,

EMF equation, Types of D.C. generators (simple numerical problems), D.C. Motor, Principle of
operation, Torque equation, Types of D.C. motors (simple numerical problems).
A.C MACHINES: Principle of operation of three phase induction motors, Slip ring and squirrel cage
motors, Torque equation, Constructional details of synchronous machine.
UNIT 5
L-9
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Classification of solids based on energy band theory, Intrinsic and
Extrinsic semiconductors, P-type and N-type semiconductors, P-N junction diode and its
characteristics, Half and Full wave rectifiers, Zener diode and its characteristics, Voltage regulator, Bi
polar junction transistor, Operation, Types, Applications.
Course Outcomes:
apply the ohms law, KVL and KCL laws to different circuits.
calculate the power and energy in electric circuits.
operate and find the transformation ratio of transformer at different loads.
study and verify the characteristics of semiconductor devices.
calculate the efficiency of both HWR and FWR.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Verification of Ohms law.
2.
Verification of Kirchhoffs current law.
3.
Verification of Kirchhoffs voltage law.
4.
Measurement of Energy in single phase resistive load circuit.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
Total hours-30
31
I Year II Semester
5.
Measurement of Power in single phase resistive load circuit.
6.
Transformation ratio of a single phase transformer at different loads.
7.
Verification of PN junction diode characteristics under both forward and reverse bias.
8.
Verification of Zener diode characteristics under both forward and reverse bias.
9.
Implementation of Half Wave Rectifier without filter.
10.
Implementation of Full Wave Rectifier without filter.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
V.K.Mehta, Principles of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, 3rd edition, S. Chand

Publications, New Delhi, 2010.
2.
D.P Kothari, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 1st edition., TMH, New Delhi,
2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill, 1979.
2.
A.K. Thereja and B.L. Thereja, Electrical Technology, Vol. II, S Chand Publications,
2007.
3.
U.Bakshi & A.Bakshi, Basic Electrical Engineering, 1st edition., Technical Publications, Pune,
2005.
WEB LINKS:
1.
http:// nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/
2.
https:// books.google.co.in/books/about
Basic_Electrical_Engineering.html?id=xN8qZFRkLpYC
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
32
I Year II Semester
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY
16HS111
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
Course description and Objectives:

This course is aimed at enlightening the importance of theoretical concepts of chemistry and
experimental techniques for characterization of materials.
Course Outcomes:
analyse the total hardness present in water samples.
determine the total alkalinity of water used in industries.
acquire the knowledge on polymers used as insulators.
familiarize advanced techniques in chemical analysis using conductometer and pH

meter.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Determination of Total Alkalinity of water.
2.
Estimation of Total hardness of water.
3.
Find the percentage of available chlorine in Bleaching powder.
4.
Estimation of Fe (II) by Dichrometry method.
5.
Preparation of Phenol - Formaldehyde Resin.
6.
Synthesis of Urea- Formaldehyde Resin.
7.
Estimation of Concentration of acid by pH metry.
8.
Determination of Strength of acid by Conductometry.
9.
Measurement of Mn+7 by Colorimetry.
10.
Determination of concentration of a salt by ion exchange method.
11.
Find the concentration of Mn+7 and Cr+6 by UV-Visible Spectrophotometry.
12.
Find the rate of corrosion by weight loss method.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J.Mendham, R.C.Denney, J.D. Bares, M.Thomas and B.Siva Sankar, Vogels Text book of
qualitative Chemical Analysis, Pearson Publications - Volume I, 2009.
2.
Dr.Sunita Rattan Experiments in Applied Chemistry, S.K. Kataria & Sons Publications,
2008.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
33
I Year II Semester
16HS109 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

AND TECHNOLOGY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
10
20
SA
BS

Environmental Science and Technology offers technological aspects of environmental science
and in maintaining environmental integrity in relation to human development. It helps every
engineer to plan appropriate strategies for addressing environmental issues and also contribute
to the development of innovative technologies for solving such issues. It produces professionals
who will ensure sustainable development of the nation in general and environmental in particular.
Course Outcomes:
observe and integrate the diverse information from sources outside the classroom.
think critically, creatively, resourcefully and strategically, including identifying steps

needed to reach goals, manage projects, evaluate progress, and adapt approaches,
developing both self reliance, and civic mindedness.
adapt eco-friendly technologies in order to maintain hygienic conditions.
understand the human activities that are detrimental to environment.
collaborate across diverse disciplines to identify and create solutions that conserve
and help maintain biodiversity in the long term.
discuss the issues involved in the generation of renewable energy resources.
SKILLS:
Understand structural relationships, abstract models, symbolic languages and

deductive reasoning.
Gain perspectives to adrress the challenges, improvise and devise solutions.
Identify solutions to environment and development issues, using planning, analysis,

modeling, and new approaches.
Acquire fieldwork techniques to study, observe and prepare documents, charts, PPTs,
Models etc.
Understand how natural resources should be used judiciously, to protect biodiversity

and maintain ecosystem.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
34
I Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
L-6
NATURAL RESOURCES: Environmental studies - Definition scope and its importance, Need for
public awareness; Natural resources - Forest resources, Deforestation, Water resources, Properties
and conflicts, Mineral resources, Extraction and impacts, Food resources, Modern agriculture
methods, Fertilizer pesticide problems, Water logging, Salinity, Energy resources, Renewable and
non-renewable energy resources, Harness technology, Solar energy technologies, Land resources,
Land degradation, Soil erosion; Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
UNIT - 2
L-6
ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY: Ecosystem - Concept, Structure and functions of an ecosystem,

Food chains, Food webs, Ecological pyramids, Energy flow, Energy regulation, Succession,
Biogeochemical cycles, Aquatic ecosystems; Biodiversity - Introduction, Bio-geographical
classification, Values of biodiversity, Biodiversity at global, National and local levels, Hot-spots of
biodiversity, Threats to biodiversity, Endangered and endemic species of India, Conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT - 3
L-6
WASTE MANAGEMENT AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY: Solid waste management - Causes, Effects
and control measures of municipal and Industrial wastes; Pollution - Air, Water, Thermal, Soil and
noise pollutions, Role of an individual in prevention of pollution; Remote sensing / GIS - Introduction,
definitions, Applications of the remote sensing; Innovative practices - Objectives, Innovative practices
in agriculture and forest community, Bio-villages; Green technology for sustainable development;
Life cycle assessment and its concept.
UNIT - 4
L-6
SOCIAL ISSUES AND EIA: Sustainable development, Water conservation, Cloud seeding, Rainwater
harvesting methods watershed management, Global warming, Acid rain, Ozone layer depletion,
Environmental legislation - Wildlife protection act, Water act, Forest conservation act, Air act,
Environmental protection act; Environmental Impact Assssment (EIA) - Introduction, Definition of
E.I.A and E.I.S, Scope and objectives, Importance of E.I.A in proposed projects / industry /
developmental activity.
UNIT - 5
L-6
ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION: Food sanitation - Food and drugs Act, Food preservations, Milk
sanitation, Tests for milk, Pasteurization of the milk; Water, Air, Soil and food borne diseases,
Maintenance of sanitary and hygienic conditions; Role of youth in the development, Promoting
activities, Youth as initiators, Field work/environmental visit - Visit to a local area to document
environmental assets river/ forest/ grassland / hill /mountain, Study of local environment, Common
plants, Insects, Birds; Study of simple ecosystems - Pond, River, Hill slopes etc., Visit to industries/
water treatment plants/effluent treatment plants.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Anubha Kaushik and CP Kaushik, Perspectives in Environmental Studies,

5th edition, 2016
2.
Benny Joseph, Environmental studies, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Dr. M. Chandrasekhar, A Text book of Environmental Studies, HI-TECH publications, 2006.
2.
Dr. M. Anji Reddy, A Text book of environmental science and Technology,

B S Publications, 2008.
3.
Dr. K. Mukkanti, A Text book of Environmental Studies, S.CHAND and Company Ltd, 2009.
4.
EHILRS and ST, Text book of Municipal and Rural Sanitation, M.S Hill, 1998.
5.
C. S. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd, Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, New Age
International Ltd, 2001.
6.
Dr. M. Anji Reddy, Introduction to Remote Sensing, B S Publications, 2004.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
35
ACTIVITIES:
o Painting
contests on
environmental
issues and
themes.
o Models of
energy
resources,
Pollution and
Solid Waste
Management3R strategy.
o Quiz
competition.
o Essay writing
competition.
o Skit, JAM and
debate.
o Field work and
documentation.
o Assignments.
I Year II Semester
16TF101 TEXTILE FIBERS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
5
45
CS
SA
BS

This course provides an essential knowledge to study properties and applications of textile
fibers. The objective of the course is to introduce stem and leaf fibres such as jute, hemp, flax,
banana. It also includes the basic concept of fibre structure and principles of man-made fiber
spinning.
Course Outcomes:
define basic terminologies related to textiles.
classify the textile fibers into different groups.
understand the process of extraction of the natural fibers.
understand the principles of spinning of man-made fibers.
SKILLS:
Examine the suitability of any fiber for textile applications.
Identify a given natural textile fibers.
Identify a given man made textile fibers.
Find the application of given fiber based on its properties.
Identify monomer required and type of polymerization for the given manmade fiber.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
36
I Year II Semester
UNIT - I
L- 08
INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILES : Textile elements defined Textile fibre, staple fibre, filament; yarn:
spun, continuous filament, monofilament and multifilament, flat and textured yarn; single, ply and
cabled yarns; thread; fabric: woven, knitted and non-woven with their classifications.
UNIT - II
L- 08
FLOW CHART FOR TEXTILE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES FROM FIBRE TO FABRIC : Detailed
Classification of textile fibers Distinction between Natural and Man Made Fibers , Properties
expected of an ideal textile fibre: Essential and desirable properties
COTTON: Morphology, Physical & Chemical properties. A Brief note on Latest type of Cottons: Organic
& Bt..
UNIT - III
L- 09
WOOL: Morphology, Physical and Chemical Properties Brief study on frictional properties of wool,
heat of wetting.
SILK : Types of Silk, Grianage Centers, Introduction to rearing of silk, cocoon, stifling (Methods),
Storage, Sorting, cooking, brushing, reeling, degumming and weighting
JUTE AND FLAX : Retting methods, Structure and Properties, applications.
UNIT - IV
L- 10
BASIC CONCEPTS OF FIBRE STRUCTURE : Definition of orientation, properties and schematic

representations of highly, moderately and poorly-oriented fibres, examples of such fibres; definition
of crystallinity, schematic representation of
fibre with crystalline and amorphous contents, outline of influence of crystallinity on fibre properties;
crystallinity values of some common natural and man-made fibres Principles of fibre forming
polymers glass transition temperature Melting temperature.
PRINCIPLES OF SPINNING : Principles of wet-spinning, dry spinning and melt-spinning of manmade fibres, typical examples of fibres so spun, principle of drawing and its importance, outline of
POY and FOY made fibres.
UNIT - V
L- 10
REGENERATED FIBRES : Polymer source, spinning method, physical and chemical properties and
uses of natural-polymer fibres: Viscose rayon, modal, lyocell, acetate and bamboo fibre
SYNTHETIC FIBRES : Names of raw materials and spinning technique/s used, name of polymer,
physical and chemical properties and uses of synthetic fibres: nylon 6, polyester, acrylic and
polypropylene.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
37
ACTIVITIES:
o Choose a fibre
and its blend
for a shirting,
suiting,upholstery
and for various
such
applications.
o Identification of
types of fiber in
blended yarn
like in p/c
blend.
o Design of
fabric for
apparel use
using flex and
other stem
fiber.
o Milling and
felting of wool.
o Degumming
and reeling of
silk from silk
cocoon.
I Year II Semester
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Microscopic test of fibers.
2.
Burning test of fibers.
3.
Chemical test of fibers.
4.
Feel test of fibers.
5.
Determination of fibres in blended yarn.
6.
Classification of specific manmade fiber out of different manmade fibers.
7.
Classification of specific natural fiber out of different natural fibers.
8.
Determination of specific cellulosic fiber out of different cellulosic fibers.
9.
Determination of specific protein fiber out of different protein e fibers.
10.
Identification of fiber using UV spectrophotometer.
Total hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J. Gordon Cook, Hand Book of Textile Fibers, Vol 1 & 2, 5th Edition, Wood Head Publishers,
London, 2005.
2.
Gohl, Vilensky, Textile Science, 2nd Edition, Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahemedabad, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
S. P. Mishra, Fibre Science and Technology, New Age International Publishers, New
Delhi, 2000.
2.
Tammanna & N. Sonwalkar, Handbook of Silk Technology, Wiley Easterrn Limited, New
Delhi, 2002.
3.
A. A. Vaidya, Production of Synthetic Fibers, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
38
I Year II Semester
16CH102 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND

TECHNOLOGY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
15
WA/RA SSH/HSH
8
CS
SA
BS
10
60

This course will emphasize the structure-property relationships of engineering materials.
The objective of this course is to provide knowledge in basic principles of material science
and also to study structure of materials at all length scales.
Course Outcomes:
understand crystal structure of various materials and techniques used for structure
determination.
understand the influence of defects on the properties of materials
understand the fundamentals of equilibrium phase diagrams.
gain knowledge on various fabrication techniques used for manufacturing common

engineering materials.
SKILLS:
Identify the type of material: ceramic, polymer, metal or composite.
Select materials with suitable properties for a given application.
Predict the type of fracture/failure in a material.
Read and draw conclusion from binary phase diagrams.
Suggest manufacturing methods for metals, ceramics and polymeric materials.
Determine basic mechanical properties of materials using universal testing machine.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
39
I Year II Semester
UNIT - I
ACTIVITIES:
o Testing the type
of failures.
o Gee Whiz:
Wonder
presentations.
o Analysis of
load test
results.
o Study of micro
structures of
materials.
L- 09
BONDING IN SOLIDS: Inter atomic forces and potential energy, Types of bonds: primary and secondary,
Variation in bonding character and resulting properties
CRYSTAL STRUCTURE : Classification of crystal systems SC, BCC, FCC & HCP crystal structures
with examples, Atomic packing factor, coordination number, determination of miller indices of planes
& directions of cubic and hexagonal crystals, linear and planar densities, separation between
successive planes, Crystal structure determination: Bragg law, powder method.
UNIT - II
L- 10
CRYSTAL DEFECTS: Point defects, Dislocations: edge, screw and mixed, burgers vectors, energy of
dislocation, motion of dislocation, dislocation density. Grain boundary, stacking faults and twin
boundary.
PHASE DIAGRAMS: Gibbs phase rule & terms involved Reduced phase rule, tie line and lever
rules, Two component systemsinvariant reactions Eutectic system & Iron-Carbon system.
UNIT - III
L- 09
o Segregation of
the given
materials.
MATERIALS FABRICATION TECHNIQUES: Fabrication of Metals: forming operations, casting,

Fabrication of Ceramics: particulate forming processes, cementation. Forming techniques of
Plastics: compression, transfer and injection molding, extrusion, blow molding.
o Identification of
phases in the
given phase
diagram.
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Stress-strain relations of various solids Elastic, Anelastic, Viscoelastic and plastic deformations in solids, creep and fatigue, fracture: Brittle and Ductile, fracture
toughness, ductile to brittle transitions.
UNIT - IV
L- 08
ELECTRICAL & SEMICONDUCTING PROPERTIES: Ohms Law, Electrical Conductivity, Electronic

and Ionic Conduction, Energy Band Structures in Solids, Classification of solids based on band
models, Electron Mobility, Electrical Resistivity of Metals, Intrinsic Semiconduction, Extrinsic
Semiconduction, The temperature dependence of Carrier Concentration, Factors That Affect Carrier
Mobility.
UNIT - V
L- 08
DIELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: Dielectric behavior: capacitance, polarization, frequency

dependence of dielectric constant, dielectric strength. Types of magnetism, Ferromagnetism-Domain
theory-hystersis behavior, ferrimagnetism, soft and hard magnets application of magnetic
materials.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. W. D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 8th ed., John Wiley &
Sons Inc, 2009.
2. V.Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering:A First Course, 5th ed., PHI Learing Pvt. Ltd.,
2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. L. H. VanVlack, Elements of Materials Science and Engineering, 6th ed., Addison Wesley,
1989.
2. W.F. Smith and J. Hashemi, Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, 4th ed
McGraw-Hill, 2005.
3. D. R. Askeland, Science and Engineering of Materials, 5th ed., Thomson Engineering, 2005.
4. J.F. Shackelford, Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, 2004.
5. Kelly, G. W. Groves, and P. Kidd, Crystallography and Crystal Defects, Wiley, 2002.
6. N.W. Dowling, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, 2006.
7. P. Haasen and B. L. Mordike, Physical Metallurgy, 3rd ed., Cambridge University Press, 1996.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
40
Y E A R
TEXTILE AND
FASHION
TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech.
I SEMESTER 4
16HS202 -
Probability and Statistics
16EL102 -
Softskills Laboratory
16TF201
Technology of Manufactured Fibers
16TF202
Yarn Manufacturing
16TF203
Fabric Manufacturing
16TF204
Fashion, Art, Design and Accessories
16TF205
Pattern Engineering
16TF206
Fashion Illustration Laboratory
16TF207
Accessories Design and Surface

Ornmentation Lab
16EL103 -
Professional Communications Laboratory
16TF208
Garment Construction Techniques
16TF209
Technology of Knits and Design
16TF210
Fabric Structure and Design
16TF211
Textile Wet Processing
Department Electives
Department / Open Electives
II SEMESTER 4
COURSE CONTENTS
I SEM & II SEM
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
42
I Year I Semester
16HS202 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
60
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
35
CS
SA
BS
10

This course deals with descriptive statistics, correlation and regression and their applications,
probability, theoritical distributions and testing of hypothesis.
The objective of this course is to enable the student to understand and apply statitical
techniques, curve fitting, correlation and regression, probability and also to make the student
familiar with discrete, continuous distributions and testing of hypothesis.
Course Outcomes:
distinguish between quantitative and categorical data and represent the data in
graphical and tabular forms.
calculate and interpret measures for the centre and spread of a data set.
decide how and when to use the normal model.
calculate and interpret correlation coefficient and regression lines.
understand the rules of probability and apply them.
compute probabilities using theoritical distributions.
test hypothesis for population parameters.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
43
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
L-09
STATISTICS: Basic Definitions, Frequencies, Graphical Representation, Histogram, Ogive curves,

Measures of Central tendency, Arithmetic mean, Median, Mode, mean deviation, standard
deviation, Symmetry and Skewness, Karl Pearsons Coefficient of skewness.
UNIT - 2
L-09
CURVE FITTING, CORRELATION & REGRESSION : Least squares method, curve fitting (straight
line and parabola only). Covariance, Correlation, Types, Pearsons Coefficient of correlation,
Rank correlation, Spearmans rank correlation. Regression, Regression lines.
UNIT - 3
L-08
PROBABILITY : Introduction, Definition (Classical and Axiomatic approach), Addition theorem,

Conditional probability, Multiplication theorem, Total probability, Bayes theorem.
UNIT - 4
L-08
DISTRIBUTIONS: Random variables, Discrete and Continuous variables, Introduction to

Distributions.
BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION : Definition, Mean and Standard deviation, Recurrence relation,
Applications, Fitting of binomial distribution.
POISSON DISTRIBUTION : Definition, Mean and Standard deviation, Recurrence relation, Poisson
Distribution is an approximation of Binomial distribution, Applications, Fitting of Poisson
distribution.
NORMAL DISTRIBUTION : Definition, Normal curve, Mean and Standard deviation, Median, Mode,
Normal Distribution applications.
UNIT - 5
L-12
SAMPLING METHODS : Population and Sampling, Parameters and Statistics, Types of sampling.
Test of hypothesis and test of significance: Null hypothesis, Errors, Level of significance,
Confidence Limits, Testing large samples, Sample distribution of proportion, T-distribution for
small sample, difference between means of small sample, Chi square test for goodness of fit,
Chi square test for test of independence.
TEXTBOOKS:
1.
Miller and Freund, Probability and Statistics for engineers, 8th edition, Pearson publishers,
2013.
2.
H. K. Dass & Er. Rajanish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand & Co.,
Third revised edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chand
& Co., New Delhi, 2005.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
44
II Year I Semester
16EL102 SOFT SKILLS LABORATORY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
15
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
CS
SA
BS

The Soft Skills Laboratory course is aimed at training undergraduate students on employability
skills. Designed to impart work related skills, the course will enable trainees to develop
interpersonal communication, leadership, Preparing Resume, Group Discussion, and
Interview Skills. It will give them the required competence and confidence to handle professional
tasks.
Course Outcomes:
The Student will be able to:
formulate mathematical models of physical systems and represent them in block

diagrams and signal flow graphs equip with requisite professional and inter-personal
skills.
they will possess the ability to think critically on issues for informed decision making
and know how to communicate effectively through choice of appropriate language
and speech, while dealing with others at the workplace.
through identification and introspection on individual strengths and weaknesses.
students will emerge with improved levels of self-awareness and self-worth, for
greater efficacy at workplace.
SKILLS:
Communicate and understand the difference between soft skills and hard skills,
Learn professionalism and Employability skills.
Plan Career by drawing their SWOT, Setting the Goal, learn the importance of Time
and Stress Management.
Learn Vocabulary, Situational English, Group Discussion, Reading Comprehension

and Listening Comprehension which are essential for all competitive examinations.
Prepare Resume and learn how to face interview.
Learn Gender sensitive language, Good manners, emotional intelligence and

essential skills.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
45
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
L-4. P-4
ACTIVITIES:
A) COMMUNICATION:
o Formal and
informal
communication
Need for effective communication - the process of communication, levels of communication, flow of
communication, choice of diction and style with reference to setting (formal, semi-formal or informal);
communication networks, barriers to communication, miscommunication, noise and ways to
overcome the barriers.
o SWOT
analysis,
o Stephen covey
Time
Management
matrix
B) SOFT SKILLS:
Difference between soft and hard skills, need for soft skills, professionalism, employability skills
C) CAREER PLANNING:
o Stress
Management
techniques
Job vs. career, Goal setting, SWOT analysis, planning and prioritization, four quadrant time
management system, self-management, stress-management.
o Vocabulary
flash cards
ACTIVITY: Johari Window for SWOT analysis; Setting a SMART goal using the provided grid; Writing
a Statement of Purpose (SOP).
o Situational
Dialogues
o Group
Discussion
o Resume
preparation
o
Mock
Interview.
UNIT - 2
L-4. P-4
A) VOCABULARY BUILDING:
Word etymology, roots, prefixes & suffixes, synonyms & antonyms, collocations, one-word substitutes,
analogies, idioms and phrases, contextual guessing of unfamiliar words, task-oriented learning
(50 words).
o Reading
comprehension
activities
ACTIVITY: Making a flash card (one per day by each student) vocabulary exercises with hand-outs
Vocabulary quiz (evaluation will be a combination of the 50 words provided by the instructor and
the flash cards made by the student (one per day)
o Listening
comprehension
Activity by
watching the
American
accent video
B) FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH:
o Emotional
intelligence,
etiquette quiz
Situational dialogues, Role plays (including small talk), Self introduction, Opening and closing a
telephonic conversation, Making an appointment, Making a query, Offering/Passing on information,
Communicating with superiors, Expressing agreement/objection, Opening bank account
(combination of prepared and impromptu situations given to each student)
C) GROUP DISCUSSION:
Articulation and flow of oral presentation, dynamics of group discussion, intervention, summarizing
and conclusion, voice modulation, content generation, Key Word Approach (KWA), Social, Political,
Economic, Legal and Technical Approach (SPELT), View Point of Affected Part (VAP), language
relevance, fluency and coherence.
ACTIVITY: Viewing a recorded video of GD & Mock sessions on different types of GD topicscontroversial, knowledge, case study (including topics on current affairs)
UNIT - 3
L-4. P-4
A) RESUME-WRITING:
Structure and presentation, defining career objective, projecting ones strengths and skill-sets,
summarizing, formats and styles and covering letter.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
46
II Year I Semester
ACTIVITY: Appraising some samples of good and bad resumes, preparing the resume, writing
an effective covering letter.
B) FACING INTERVIEWS:
Interview process, understanding employer expectations, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, impressive self-introduction, answering strategies, other critical aspects such as
body language,
grooming, other types of interviews such as stress-based interviews, tele- interviews, video
interviews, frequently asked questions (FAQs) including Behavioural and HR questions and the
aspect looked at by corporate during interviews
ACTIVITY: Writing responses and practicing through role plays and mock interviews on the FAQs
including feedback.
UNIT - 4
L-4. P-4
A) READING COMPREHENSION:
Reading as a skill, techniques for speed reading, understanding the tone, skimming and
scanning, appreciating stylistics, impediments for speed reading, eye fixation, sub-vocalization,
critical reading, reading based on purpose, reading for information, reading for inference.
ACTIVITY: Reading comprehension exercises with texts drawn from diverse subject areas. (Handouts). Newspaper activity with students divided into 4 groups. Each group looks at critical
component of communication such as Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing enabling them
to be better communicators as well as be more aware about the current affairs, which help in
Group Discussion.
B) LISTENING COMPREHENSION:
Listening as a skill, different types of listening, active and passive listening, top-down approach,
bottom-up approach, understanding the non verbal cues of communication; intonation and stress.
ACTIVITY: Narration of a story, Speech excerpts with different accents (Indian, British, American),
listening comprehension exercises with audio and video excerpts.
UNIT - 5
L-4. P-4
IMPACT OF LANGUAGE ON PERSONALITY:

Gender sensitive language in MNCs, cultural sensitivity, social awareness, emotional intelligence,
good manners, self-grooming, positive body language, accepting and handling responsibility,
assertiveness, problem solving, negotiating skills, networking and creating a good first
impression.
Seven essential skills for a team player; attentive listening, intelligent questioning, gently
persuading, respecting others views, assisting others, sharing, participating actively.
ACTIVITY: Johari Window, Games and Case studies.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
47
II Year I Semester
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Edward Holffman, Ace the Corporate Personality, McGraw Hill,2001
2.
Adrian Furnham, Personality and Intelligence at Work, Psychology Press, 2008.
3.
John Adair Kegan Page, Leadership for Innovation 1st edition, Kogan, 2007.
4.
M.Ashraf Rizvi, Effective Technical Communication, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
5.
Krishna Mohan & NP Singh, Speaking English Effectively 1st edition, Macmillan, 2008.
6.
Soft Skills Material of Infosys Under the Academic Initiative of Campus Connect
7.
Dr. S.P. Dhanvel, English and Soft Skills, Orient Blackswan, 2011.
8.
Rajiv K. Mishra, Personality Development-, Rupa & Co. 2004.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
48
II Year I Semester
16TF201 TECHNOLOGY OF
MANUFACTURED FIBRES
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
20
CS
SA
BS

This course offeres the knowledge of different principles of forming man made fibers. It also
includes the concepts of micro fibers and texturising of man made fibers. Objective of this
course is to enable the student to understand the concepts of manufacturing man made
fibers, thier properties and applications.
Course Outcomes:
find the structure property relation of synthetic fibres.
understand the importance of synthetic fibres in textile industry.
know the various types of spinning principles.
understand the texturizing and its importance.
describe about the various developments in man made fibers.
SKILLS:
Differentiate and identify various man made fibers.
Analyze the structure of different fibers by using x-ray pattern.
Analyze the texturisation of man made fibers.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
49
II Year I Semester
UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
different types
of man made
fibers.
o Find the
different
applications in
which man
made fibers
are widely
used.
o Analyze the
fibers structure
through SEM,
optical
microscope,
FTIR.
o Selection of
diffrerent
routes for
manufacturing
of man made
fibers.
L-10
INTRODUCTION TO FIBER STRUCTURE : Micellar theory, Continuous theory, Fringed micelles theory,
Fringed fibrils theory, Modified fringed micellar theory; Important operations in the production of
synthetic fibres, Principles of fibre forming polymers, Parameters influencing the quality; Degree of
order, Degree of localization of order, Length/ width ratio of localized units, Degree of orientation,
Degree of polymerization; Methods of investigating fibers - X-Ray diffraction, IR, NMR, Thermal
Analysis, Optical microscopy, Electron microscopy, Scanning Electron microscopy.
UNIT 2
L-08
MELT SPINNING : Detailed note on elements of melt spin equipment, Polyester manufacture - Trans
esterification, Polycondensation, Side reactions, Properties and Applications; Polyamides Manufacture of Nylon 6, nylon 66, (manufacture monomers various routes for PET and nylon);
Surface modification of polyester cause and effect, Recent developments in polyesters like CDP,
EDP, CFDP, APP; Spin finishes - Ideal spin finish, Properties, Application and removal, Constitution
of spin finish.
UNIT 3
L-08
SOLUTION SPINNING : Introduction, Process variables for solution spinning, Dry spinning, Wet
spinning, Salient features of solution spinning, Rheology of Wet & Dry Spinning, Development of
fiber structure and morphology during solution spinning, Comparison, Brief note on dry jet wet
spinning; Manufacture of Rayons - Viscose, Acetate and Cuprammonium Physical and chemical
properties, A brief note on recent developments in viscose manufacturing (Lyocell fibre).
UNIT 4
L-09
MANUFACTURURING : Properties and applications of of Acrylics, Mode acrylics, PVA, Poly Vinyl
Chloride and Polyvinyl alchohol, Polypropylene fibres; Drawing - Condition, Phenomena of necking,
Drawing behavior of thermoplastic polymer, Influence of drawing on structure and property; Micro
fibres - Detailed study of production, Properties and applications of micro fibres, Problems in
processing of micro fibres in weaving.
UNIT 5
L-10
TEXTURISING : Draw backs of flat filament yarns, Definition and concept of texturising, Classification
and characteristics of textured yarns, False Twist Texturising - Scientific principle in twist texturising,
Methods of production of stretched(single heater) by conventional methods, Draw Texturising concept,
Air Jet Texturising and its principle; Brief introduction about Other methods of texturising - BCF
Processes and Yarns, Edge crimping, Stuffer box crimping, Knit-de-knit, Gear Crimping, Chemical
Texturising.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
V. B. Gupta, Technology of Manufactured Fibres, 3rd edition, Chapmen and Hall, New York,
2004.
2.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
S. P. Mishra, Fibre Science and Technology, New Age International Publishers, New
Delhi, 2000.
2.
H.V.Srinivasmurthy, Textile Fibers, Textile Association of India Publication, 1988.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
50
II Year I Semester
16TF202 YARN MANUFACTURING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
20
CS
SA
BS
10

This course deals with the concepts, production calculations, different types of available
machines and various developments in yarn manufacturing process. This course is aimed to
impart fundamental knowledge required to understand yarn manufactuing process.
Course Outcomes:
select the different fiber properties required for spinning different counts.
understand different types of yarn manufacturing machines and their principles.
calculate production capacities of carding, comber and ring frame.
SKILLS:
Optimize the factors affecting yarn properties.
Identify the various key factors in yarn manufacturing process.
Set the parameters for the production of cotton, synthetic and blended yarns.
Differentiate the carded, combed and core cover yarns.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
51
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
technical
specifications
of yarn
preparatory
machines.
o
Prepare spin
plan for carded
and combed
yarns for a
given count.
L-10
GINNING AND BLOW ROOM : Ginning Objectives, pre and post ginning equipments and working
principles of Gins, Factors affecting ginning performance, brief note on Pressing and baling of
cotton. Need for Mixing and Blending, objectives, Fibres commonly blended (Different types of
Blends) Introduction to Opening and Cleaning: Working principle of a typical blow room, Accessories
in blow room.
UNIT - 2
L-09
CARDING AND DRAW FRAME : Chute feeding, Introduction to Carding - Objectives, Zones, Role of
each element, Card settings, High production cards, Latest Developments in carding; Draw Frame
- Objects, basic concepts of drawing, Principle of Roller drafting, Different drafting systems, Methods
of roller weighing, Coiler mechanism, Study of Modern Draw frame, Auto leveling in carding & Draw
frame (open loop and closed loop) Production calculations.
UNIT - 3
L-08
Prepare flow
chart for
carded and
combed yarn
manufacturing
process.
COMBER : Introduction to combing, Hooks theory, Combing preparatory requirements, passage of

material through comber, Functions and setting of each part, Combing principle, cycle of combing
Back ward and Forward combing, Working of modern combers, Production calculations, Combing
efficiency.
Observe
spinning
parameters by
visiting a
spinning mill.
SPEED FRAME : Objects, Need of speed frame, Detailed study of mechanisms (Drafting, Twisting
and bobbin building) of speed frame, Constructional details, Driving arrangement, Calculation of
draft, Twist & production, Recent Developments.
UNIT - 4
L-09
UNIT - 5
L-09
RING FRAME : Objects, Passage of material, Functions of parts, Specifications of R/F, Drafting,
Twisting & winding, Brief study of spindles, Ring & travelers, Calculation of draft, Twist & production.
Ring data/ ISM(Individual spindle Monitoring), Post spinning operations, Ring doubler, Two for one
twister, Brief note on reeling.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
W. Klein, Series of Short Staple Spinning, Wood head publishers, 2005.
2.
T. K. Pattabhiraman, Essential Facts of Practical Cotton Spinning, Mahajan Publisher,

Ahmedabad, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Venkatsubramani, Spun Yam TechnoIogy, Vol-III, SSM Institute Publications. Komarapalyam,

2003.
2.
T.V.Ananthan, Tablets on Combing, Speed Frame, Ring Frame, TAI Publications, 2003.
3.
A. R. Khare. Elements of Combing, Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad, 2003.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
52
II Year I Semester
16TF203 FABRIC MANUFACTURING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
CS
SA
BS
10
20

This course offers the basics of fabric manufacturing and their preparatory processes includes
winding, warping, sizing and post sizing operations. The objective of this course is to make
students familiar with the process of fabric manufacturing.
Course Outcomes:
distinguish the needs of weaving preparatory processes such as winding, warping,

sizing and post sizing operations.
explain the formation of continuous length of fabric in shuttle looms.
understand the basic concepts in shuttle-less weaving machines.
SKILLS:
Distinguish the weaving preparatory machines.
Prepare size reciepe for given yarn.
Optimize weaving process parameters.
Identify yarn faults in yarn before and after winding.
Distinguish sized and un-sized yarns.
Selection of looms based on end product.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
53
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Observing
weaving
parameters by
vising weaving
mill.
WINDING & WARPING : Introduction to Fabric Manufacture - Need for Weaving preparatory process.
Drum and precision Winding, Essentials features of drum winders, Tensioner, Yarn clearers,
Splicing, Common package faults, Production calculations.
Warping - Classification, Working of beam and sectional warping machine, Calculations for
production, Features of modern warping machines.
Collection of
technical
specifications
of winding,
warping, sizing
machines.
UNIT - 2
Drawing and
denting of warp
in hand loom.
UNIT - 3
Comparison of
shuttle-less
looms
technical
specifications.
Preparation of
peg plan for
given design.
L-08
L-09
YARN SIZING - Objects, Types of sizing, Sizing materials, Size reciepes for different yarns, Size
paste preparation, Multi-cylinder Sizing Machine, Different zones, Construction of Sow box, Concept
of drying - Wet splitting, Brief note on Beam winding, Types of combs, Sizing faults and remedies;
Calculations in sizing, Post sizing operations.
L-09
SHUTTLE WEAVING : Introduction to weaving, Classification of loom motions, Shedding, Picking Cone under pick, Over pick; Beat-up mechanism, 7 wheel Take-up, Negative and positive Let-off,
Auxillary motions - Warp stop motin, Temples, Weft stop motion; Introduction to dobby and jacquard
shedding, Loom production calculations.
UNIT - 4
L-10
PROJECTILE & RAPIER WEAVING : Limitations of ordinary looms, Classification of shuttle-less

weaving machines. Projectile picking motion , picking phases, Torsion rod details, Receiving unit ,
Selvedge weaves, Sley drive, Multi color weft insertion.
Principle of rapier weft insertion through various mechanisms such as single rapier, Double rapier,
rigid and flexible, Rapier heads, Rapier drive, Selvedge formation, Field of application & commercial
viability.
UNIT - 5
L-09
JET & NARROW WEAVING : Air Jet weft Insertion, Stages of weft insertion, Main nozzles designs,
Relay nozzle designs, Quality of Air, Water Jet Weft Insertion - Picking mechanism, Weft insertion
elements, Loom settings, Influence of yarn characteristics, Features of water jet looms, Comparison
with air jet. Introduction to Multiphase Weaving, Fabric defects & remedies; Introduction to narrow
fabric weaving.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
A.T.C Marks, Robinson, Principles of Weaving, The Textile Institute, 2011.
2.
M. K. Talukdar, D. B. Ajgonkar, Weaving Machines, Materials & Methods, Textile

Institute, 1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
S.C Adanur, Handbook of Weaving, CRC publications, 2008.
2.
A. Ormerod, Modern Preparation & Weaving Machines, BWE Publications, 1983.
3.
K. T. Aswani, Plain Weaving Motions, M/S Mahajan book publishers, Ahmedabad, Gujarat,
2007.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
54
II Year I Semester
16TF204 FASHION, ART, DESIGN AND

ACCESSORIES
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
10
CS
SA
BS
10

This course offers introduction to fashion, art and design, consists of basic definition of fashion,
classification and its type, types of design, elements of designing, traditional textiles of India
and role of garment accessories. The objective of this course is to provide insights into fashion
designing and technology.
Course Outcomes:
define and discuss fashion, art and design related terms.
understand the classification and types of fashion.
describe different types of traditional textiles of India.
explain the aesthetic and functional purpose of commonly used garment accessories.
discuss key factors in the design of typical leather and ornamental fashion accessories.
SKILLS:
Trace origin of any clothing and costume.
Identify the nature of fashion for the leading fashion brands.
Give the styling techniques and material requirement for the traditional costume.
Identify the different textile techniques of traditional India.
Select material for garment accessories based on aesthetic and functional

requirements.
Select material for leather accessories based on aesthetic and functional

requirements.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
55
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Making of
mood board for
particular
theme.
o Selection of
design and
color from
mood board.
o Design of
clothing based
on mood
board.
o Accessories
designing
using ribbons,
braids, laces,
appliqus,
buttons,
zippers, snap
fasteners etc.
o Showcase of
ornamental
accessories as
per specific
theme.
L- 10
INTRODUCTION TO FASHION, ART AND DESIGN : Definition of fashion, art, design, Costume and
clothing, Origin and history ; Importance of clothing, Factors to be considered in the selection of
clothing; Evolution of dress from paintings, Cuttings, Sculpture and wood carvings.
Classification and Types of Fashion - Factors effecting fashion, Business of fashion, Theories of
fashion; Study of leading fashion designers French, Italian, American, Indian and English.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
DEFINITION OF FASHION DESIGNING : Concepts of design, Types of design, Elements of design,

Principle of designing, Role of fashion designers.
COSTUMES OF ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS: History of Indian costumes Mughal and post-Mughal
periods; Traditional costumes of different states of India; Costumes of ancient civilizations - Egypt,
Greek, Roman, English, French empires during Renaissance 1500 1600 AD; Overview of costumes
of Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Burma, China, Japan and Africa.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
TRADITIONAL TEXTILES OF INDIA : History of embroidered, hand-woven, dyed, printed and painted
textiles of India; Floor coverings: Carpets and durries; Colored textiles Bandhani, Patola, Ikkat,
Pocchampalli; Woven textiles Brocades, Jamavar, Paithani, Jamdani, Chanderi, Maheshwari,
Kanjivaram, Kota, Baluchari, Dacca Muslin, Himrus and Amrus; Printed textiles Chintz, Sanganeri;
Painted textiles Kalamkari; Shawls of Kashmir.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
GARMENT ACCESSORIES : Introduction to fashion accessories classification of various

accessories; Selection of materials, Design, Functional and aesthetic performance and their
advantages; Ribbons, Braids, Laces, Appliqus, Buttons, Zippers, Snap fasteners, Hooks and
eyes, Hook and loop tape; Eyelets, Neck tie, Scarves, Stoles, Umbrella, Socks, Stockings, Veils.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
LEATHER ACCESSORIES : Selection of materials, Design, Functional and aesthetic performance

and their advantages; Various styles of footwear, Belts, Gloves, Hand bags, Hats, Wallets, and
other personal leather goods; Concepts of patternmaking techniques and the production process
of these accessories.
ORNAMENTAL ACCESSORIES : Selection of materials, Design, Functional and aesthetic performance
and their advantages; The various styles: Pendants, Waist bands, Wrist bands, Necklaces, Head
bands, Bows, Sunglass, Wrist watches, Rings, Ear rings, Bangles, Bracelets and anklets.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. G.Russel, B.Nicholas, Traditional Indian Textiles, Thames and Hudson, London,
1991.
2. J. Peacock, Fashion Accessories The Complete 20th Century Source Book, Thames
and Hudson Publication, 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. G.S Churye, Indian Costume, Prakashan Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, 1995.
2. R. Bhargav, Design Ideas and Accessories Jain Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
3. P. Tortora, Encyclopedia of Fashion Accessories, Om Books Publication, 2003.
4. Elaine Stone, Fashion Merchandising An Introduction, 5th edition, McGraw-Hill, 1990.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
56
II Year I Semester
16TF205 PATTERN ENGINEERING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
10
CS
SA
BS
20
Course Description & Objectives:

This course offers concepts of pattern making for a specific garment. It starts with workroom
practices that form the basis for garment cutting, making of basic body slopers with dart
manipulation, sleeves and collars. The objective of this course is to impart the knowledge and
skill of converting designs, sketching into a product.
Course outcomes:
understand various pattern making tools in the workroom.
perform the drafting of basic body slopers and dart manipulation.
understand the pattern drafting for sleeves, collars, yokes and cuffs.
use these basic the principles and styles of grading for mens and womens garments.
SKILLS:
Selection of measurements for a given design.
Design the bodice blocks for skirt, torso and sleeves.
The dart manipulation for the particular fit.
Draft standard size block patterns for men, women.
Grading of shirt, trousers, jacket, waistcoat.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
57
II Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Taking
measurements
using flat
pattern
methods.
WORKROOM PRACTICES : Patternmaking tools, Pattern paper, Workroom terms and definitions,
Industrial form and pattern production terms; Figure Analysis - Head theory, Seven and a half and
eight; Measuring Techniques - Introduction, Measurement charts, Tools required for measuring
process, Measuring the form, Pin marking the armhole, Circumference measurement, Horizontal
balance line (HBL), Strap measurement, Vertical measurements, Horizontal measurements,
Standard measurement chart; Flat pattern methods - Bespoke method and industrial method.
UNIT - 2
o Design darts
using slash
and spread,
pivotal
methods for
apparel.
o Pattern making
for plain, puff
and bell types
of sleeves.
o Pattern making
for peter pan,
cape roller and
sailor collars.
o Grading of
basic bodice.
L- 10
L- 08
MAKING BASIC BODY SLOPERS (PAPER PATTERNS) : Bodice blocks, Skirt blocks, Torso blocks
and sleeves; Dart Manipulation - Slash and spread, Pivotal methods, Designing with darts, Tuck
darts, Pleats, Flares, Gathers and style lines.
SLEEVES: SETINSLEEVES : Plain, Puff, Bell, Bishop, Circular and leg-o-mutton; Sleeves combined
with bodice, Kimono, Dolman and Raglan.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
COLLARS: Peter pan, Partial roll, Cape collar, Scalloped, Sailor, Square, Full roll convertible, Shawl
and Shakespeare collars.
CUFF: Shirt cuff, Self-faced cuff, French cuff and contoured cuff.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
YOKES : Preparing patterns for yokes - Partial, Yoke without fullness, Yoke with fullness and yoke
supporting or releasing fullness.
GARMENT DRAFTS : Basic principles and methodologies used to draft standard size block patterns
for men, Women, Namely for shirts, Trousers, Skirts, Blouses, Nightwear, Jackets and special
dresses, etc.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
PRINCIPLES OF GRADING : Master and basic grades - Basic back, Basic front, Basic sleeve, Basic
collar, Basic cuff and basic facing; Styles of Grading - Mens size chart, Grading of shirt, Trousers,
jacket, Waistcoat, Displacement of bust dart to side seam, Armhole and neck, Womens size chart,
Multi-track grading.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
58
II Year I Semester
LABORATOTY EXPERIMENTS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
Preparation of patterns for making of

1. Baba suit
2. Baby frock
3. Round Neck T- Shirt
4. Romper
5. Salwar and Kameez
6. Blouse
7. Skirt and Top
8. Brassier and Panties
9. Nighty
10. Mens Shorts
11. Mens Formal Shirts
12. Mens Formal Trousers
13. Jeans
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J Helen Armstrong, Pattern Making for Fashion Designers 4th edition, PrenticeHall, New Jersey, 2006
2.
C Schaeffer, The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts, Sterling Publishing (NY),

1981.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
G. Cooklin, Master Patterns and Grading for Womens Outsize, Blackwell Scientific
Publications,1995.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
59
II Year I Semester
16TF206 FASHION ILLUSTRATION LAB
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
CS
SA
BS
20
10
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to develop among the students the basic creative and
manipulative skills necessary for fashion design through various shading techniques.
Course Outcomes:
sketch the various elements and principles of designing.
examine the human body structure (anthropametry) to design clothing.
draw fashion figures and visually communicate apparel design details.
demonstrate an understanding of the colour theory using various colour schemes.
illustrate different styles of garment components and reproduce them to fit on to

fashion figures.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
Illustration of the following:

1.
Lines and strokes using pencil shading techniques; lettering and numbering styles.
2.
Elements of design.
3.
Principles of design.
4.
Different postures of human head, hand, leg and feet.
5.
Different hair styles.
6.
Sketching of lay figure using head theory.
7.
Preparation of Prangs colour wheel.
8.
Preparation of different colour schemes.
9.
Rendering different fabric textures.
10. Sleeves, cuffs, and necklines.

11. Skirts, pockets, trousers, and skirt tops
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
60
II Year I Semester
16TF207 ACCESSORIES DESIGN AND

SURFACE ORNMENTATION LAB
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
10
CS
SA
BS
10
10
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to Illustrate and construct different styles of various fashion
accessories using different materials.
Course Outcomes:
demonstrate the basic embroidery stitches
learn the basics of paint brush strokes and color mixing techniques and demonstrate
fabric painting through various techniques.
explain and embellish the fabric surface using decorative embroidery works, applique
work and patch work.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Total hours: 30
Designing and production of Earrings, bracelets, necklaces using materials like colored
papers, buttons, fabric scraps, coloured beads and stones.
2.
Designing and Construction of handbags, purses and gloves.
3.
Designing and Construction of headband, bows, cap and waistband
4.
Basic Embroidery stitches:

Running, satin, long and short, chain, stem, herringbone, cross stitch, knotted stitch,
fishbone, wheat, couching, buttonhole
5.
Special embroidery stitches:

Bead work, sequin work, zardosi, aari work, badla worK.
6.
Decorative surface embellishment:

Cutwork, drawn thread work, eyelet and mirror work, shadow work, ribbon work and Kundan
work.
7.
Appliqu work and Patch work.
8.
Fabric Painting:
Colour theory, mixing techniques, basic paint brush strokes
9.
Fabric Painting:
Stencil painting, spray fabric paint, sponges and stamp painting
10. Tie and Dye and Batik Work.

11. Illustration of skirts, pockets, trousers, and skirt tops.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
61
II Year II Semester
16EL103 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION

LABORATORY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
15
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
42
CS
SA
BS
12

The Professional Communication Laboratory course is aimed at improving professional
communication skills (LSRW Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing) of undergraduate
students and preparing them for their profession as engineers and managers. This course
will help students to understand professional communication and personality as two interlinked
spheres of influence, and provide them with exposure to conventions of corporate communication
involved in the functioning of the business world.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
having gone through the course, students would be equipped to clear industry
recognized certification such as BEC Vantage by the University of Cambridge.
this will equip them to stand out both in the professional setting as well as for further
pursuits in the academic world.
Since this certification looks at LSRW (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing)
components in great detail, we hope to equip students to confidently and successfully
attempt all the 4 critical components.
SKILLS:
Understand and use grammar rules in writing; sentences, paragraphs, paraphrasing,
Write business emails, memos, letters, reports and proposals
Comprehend business articles, and documents
Expressions in Professional context, and acquire presentation skills like one minute
talk and pair discussion in professional context
Familiarize and comprehend British accent by listening to recorded speeches and

discussions.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
62
II Year II Semester
UNIT 1
L-3, P-3
BUSINESS ENGLISH VOCABULARY: Glossary of most commonly used words (formal and informal
usage) Elements of Technical Writing: Sentence structure, reducing verbosity, arranging ideas
logically, building coherence, paragraph level and document level, topic sentence, cohesive devices,
transitional words, paraphrasing and prcis-writing. Mechanics of Writing: Stylistic elements, the
rapporteur, the purpose, the readers viewpoint (audience), elementary rules of grammar, choice of
diction, elementary principles of composition, matters of form, punctuation, conventions of business
communication, language and professional tone, weak links in business correspondence, ethical
concerns in business writing, code of conduct (not sending illegal, offensive, disparaging personal
remarks or comments) in written business communication
UNIT 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Basic grammar
practice,
Framing
paragraphs on
topics
allocated,
Paraphrasing
an article or a
video in your
own words
Finding topic
sentences in
newspaper
articles
Finding out
new words from
a professional
viewpoint
Understanding
the meaning
and its usage
Perusing
samples of well
prepared
proposals and
reports
Draft different
proposals/
reports on
topics
assigned.
Watching
videos/listening
to audios of
business
presentations
Classroom
activities of
team and
individual
presentations
Using PPTs,
mock
exercises for
BEC speaking.
Presenting
(speaking) the
written
components
completed in
Unit-I.
L-5, P-5
BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: E-mail: nature and scope, e-mail etiquette, clear call for action,
common errors in composing e-mails, office communication such as meeting agenda and minutes
of the meeting, notice, circular and memo
Letter-Writing: Formal and informal letters, structure of formal letters, expressions of salutations,
different types of letters [such as sales letter, complaint letter, response to the complaint letter
(dispute resolution), letter of permission, letter of enquiring, claim letter letter of apology etc],
introductory and concluding paragraphs and clear call for action.
PROFESSIONAL PROPOSAL/REPORT: Differentiating proposals and reports, Drafting formal
business proposals, types of reports such as factual reports, feasibility reports and survey reports,
parts ofa report (such as title page, declaration, acknowledgements, table of contents, abstract,
introduction, findings, conclusion and recommendations, citations, references and appendices)
UNIT - 3
L-2, P-6
SPEAKING: Speaking in business context, assertiveness, politeness, making requests, queries

and questions, negotiations, asking for information, offering suggestions, conflict resolution,
contacting clients, initiating, addressing delegates (in public), features of a good power point
presentation (making the PPT), delivering the presentation effectively, telephone etiquettes, delivering
seminar/proposal/report effectively, team meeting etiquettes (face to face and conference call),
making effective one minute presentations
UNIT - 4
L-4, P-10
READING: Reading and comprehending business documents, learning business register,

regularizing the habit of reading business news, suitable vocabulary, skimming and scanning text
for effective and speedy reading and dealing with ideas from different sectors of corporate world in
different business contexts.
UNIT - 5
L-2, P-5
LISTENING: Specific information in business context, listening to telephonic conversations/messages

and understanding the correct intended meaning, understanding the questions asked in interviews
or in professional settings, summarizing speakers opinion or suggestion, enable active listening
TEXT BOOKS: BEC
1.
Guy Brook Hart (2014): Cambridge English Business Bench Mark: Upper Intermediate,
Second Edition: CUP.
2.
CUP (2002) Cambridge: BEC VANTAGE: Practice Tests, CUP
ONLINE REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.
http://www.cambridgeenglish.org/exams/business-certificates/business vantage/
preparation/
2.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qxFtn9pGaTI.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
63
II Year II Semester
16TF208 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION

TECHNIQUES
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
10
CS
SA
BS
10
10

This course offers the knowledge required for constructing garments by learning various
types of seams, stitches and sewing threads, method of construction of different types of
sleeves and collars. The objective of this course is to provide basic knowledge and skill
required for construction of garment.
Course Outcomes:
differntiate various types of seams, seam finishes, stitches and sewing threads.
learn techniques involved in the construction of garment closures.
perform the construction of garment yokes, fullness and hem etc.
SKILLS:
Design the stitching methods used for pockets, plackets, waist bands and cuffs.
Construct pockets, yokes and collars for a given garment.
Select the right accessories for construction of garment.
Stitch different types of plackets to acceptable quality levels.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
64
II Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
L-09
SEAM AND STITCHES : Seams - Definition, Types of seams, Seam quality, Seam performance,
Factors to be considered in the selection of seam, Seam finishes, Seam defects; Stitches - Definition,
Stitch classes, Stitch parameters, Factors to be considered in the selection of stitches, Stitching
defects.
UNIT - 2
Sleeves and collars - Types of sleeves, plain, puffs, gathered, bell, bishop, circular, leg-o-mutton,
Magyar sleeves dolman, kimono; Collars Classification, full, flat, roll, partial roll, puritan collar,
sailor collar, square collar, rippled collar, scalloped collar, mandarin, convertible, tie, shawl reverse
and notch collar.
L-10
YOKES AND FULLNESS : Yokes - Definition, Selection of yoke design, Different styles of yoke,
Simple yoke, yokes with or without fullness, midriff yokes, Methods of attaching yokes.
Fullness - Definition types; Darts - single, double, pointed darts, tucks, pin tucks, cross tucks,
piped tucks, shell tucks, Pleats - knife pleats, box pleats, invertible box pleats, kick pleats, flare,
godets, gathers, shirrings, single or double frills, ruffles; Hemming Techniques - Definition, Factors
to be considered in the selection of hems, Types of machine stitched hem, Hand stitched hem;
Neckline Finishes - Preparation and uses of True Bias, Facings, and Binding.
UNIT - 4
L-09
POCKETS AND PLACKETS : Plackets -Types, two piece plackets, continuous plackets, kurtha
plackets, shirt cuff placket.
Pockets - Types, patch pocket, patch with lining / flap, front hip, set-in seam, slash pocket with flapsingle lip, double lip. Waistband: one-piece, two-piece and tailor waistband, elastic applied; Cuffs
- Types, square shape, round shape.
UNIT - 5
L-08
FASTENERS : Introduction and construction techniques of garment closures; Applications of zippers,

Types of button and button holes and their applications, Types and applications of hooks and eye
snaps; Velcro, Eyelets, Cords.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
o Draw and
construct the
yoke, collar
and pockets.
L-09
SEWING THREAD, SLEEVES AND COLLARS : Sewing thread - Types, Construction, Sewing thread
quality, Selection of sewing thread; Types of fabrics - plaid and napped fabrics.
UNIT - 3
ACTIVITIES:
65
o Prepare
Various
stitches used
for making the
garment.
o Collect sewing
threads used
for various
garments.
II Year II Semester
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to
Construct different types of seams, seam finishes, darts, tucks and pleats to acceptable
quality levels.
Construct different neckline finishes such as bias binding, facing and collars to acceptable
quality levels.
Stitch various types of pockets to acceptable quality levels.
Construct different types of sleeves to acceptable quality levels.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
Preparing samples of
1.
basic seams, seam finishes.
2.
darts, tucks and pleats.
3.
plackets - continuous bound placket, 2 piece placket.
4.
plackets - fly opening and zipper.
5.
necklines - bias facing, bias binding and shaped facing.
6.
collars - peter pan collar, shirt collar.
7.
collars - shawl collar, sailor collar.
8.
pockets - patch, bound and front hip pocket.
9.
sleeves - plain, raglan kimono.
10.
sleeves - puff, bell sleeve.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
C. B. Shaeffer, The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts, Sterling Publishing Company,

1981.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
C. Gerry, Garment Technology for Fashion Designers, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1997.
2.
Laing, J Webster, Stitches and Seams, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., 1998.
3.
L. Aitken, Step by Step Dress Making Course, BBC Books, 1992.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
66
II Year II Semester
16TF209 TECHNOLOGY OF KNITS AND

NON-WOVENS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
CS
SA
BS
10
20

This course provides an overview on knitting elements followed by warp knitting and weft
knitting. Then it introduces manufacturing techniques of different types of nonwoven fabrics. It
also includes the application of different types of knitted and nonwoven fabrics. This course is
aimed at offering basic concepts required for manufacturing knitted and nonwoven fabrics.
Course Outcomes:
understand the role of knitting machine elements in fabric manufacturing.
differentiate between pain, rib and interlock types of basic knitted structure.
understand the role of cam setting and hence the patterning in weft knitting.
describe loop formation and lapping movements fro warp knitting.
compare the different techniques of fiber web manufacturing.
know the bonding of fibre web using different techniques.
SKILLS:
Identify different types of knitted structures and their applications.
Selection of different types of nonwoven fabrics for specific applications.
Prepare binder for chemical bonding applications.
Select needle type and its specifications for needle punched fabric as per application.
Analyse type of fibre suitable for thermal bonding.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
67
II Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Identification of
face, back side
and type of
knitted fabric
by visual
observation.
o Analysis of
SMS non
woven
composite
fabric for
surgical mask.
o Identification
and analysis of
nonwoven
fabric used in
carry bags.
L- 09
INTRODUCTION TO KNITTING : Comparison of woven, nonwoven and knitted fabrics, Fundamental

terms of knitting technology, Elements of knitting machine, Various zones in knitting machine and
their significance. Classification of weft knitting structures and machines,
WEFT KNIT STRUCTURES: Plain or single jersey, rib, interlock and purl, loop and needle diagrams
to illustrate basic structures.
A brief note on straight bar and flat knitting machines.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
PATTERNING IN WEFT KNITTING: Scope and need, Arrangements in cam for knit, miss stitch and
tuck stitch, Requirements for hosiery yarn-a brief note on common defects, A brief note on straight
bar and flat knitting machines knitting dynamics: A brief note on forces acting on the needle, linear
and nonlinear cams, needle breakages.
INTRODUCTION TO WARP KNITTING: elements, a brief note on driving arrangements for guidebars, needle bars and sinker bars, basic lapping movements in warp knitting, Loop formation in
Tricot and Raschel knitting machines.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
Classification and definition of Nonwoven, Nonwoven manufacturing techniques, Dry laid webs
fibre selection, fibre preparation, web formation, layering,
WET LAID NONWOVEN: Raw materials and fibre preparation, common defects, production process,
hydro-former, cylinder mould machine, Roti-former, Special features and applications,
o Designing of
needle
punched fabric
for filtration
application.
AIR LAID NONWOVEN: Raw materials, production process, Rando-webber, Cicopee web formation
method, Applications.
o Selection of
knitting
machine
gauge based
on tightness
factor.
MECHANICAL BONDED WEBS: Introduction to needle punching Passage of material through

needle loom Feeding system, Batt formation, Drafting, Pre-needling and final needling;
POLYMER-LAID WEB FORMATION: Basic production process of spun-laid technique. Melt blown
nonwovens - Melt blown fabric production Characteristics and properties of melt blown Fabric.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
compared specification of needle,Texturing needles- Application of needle punching.

STITCH BONDED NONWOVEN: stages of production Maliwatt and Malivlies process-applications.
HYDRO ENTANGLED NONWOVENS: Principle, Specific energy coefficient Hydro entanglement
process technology: Pre-wetting, Support surface, Dewatering, Nozzles, Injector, Drying Applications.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
CHEMICAL BONDED NONWOVEN: Latex binder Bonding technology Saturation, Foam bonding,
Spray bonding, Print bonding, Powder bonding, Application of chemical bonded nonwoven.
THERMAL BONDED NONWOVENS: Binder, Binding fibres, Binding powder, Binding webs, Methods
of thermal bonding Hot calendaring, Belt calendaring, Oven bonding, Ultrasonic bonding, Radiant
heat bonding.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
S. J. Russel, Handbook of Nonwovens, 1st edition, Wood Head Publishing in Textiles,

2006.
2.
D. J. Spencer, Knitting Technology, 2nd edition, Wood Head Publishing Company,

England, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Turbak, Nonwoven Process Performance & Testing, 2nd edition, Tappi Press, Woodhead
Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
2.
W. Albrecht, Nonwoven Fabric Construction Synthetic Fibres, JWS Publications, 2007.
W B. Azagoankar, Knitting Technology, Mahajan Textile Publishers, 5th edition, 2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
68
II Year II Semester
16TF210 FABRIC STRUCTRURE AND

DESIGN
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
20
CS
SA
BS
20

This course introduces the significance of basic elements of fabric designing, basic weaves
with their derivatives and applications. It also includes the concepts of designing of compound
weave structures. Objective of this course is to offer basic concepts of representation and
drawing of fabric weaves.
Course Outcomes:
draw the design elements viz. drafting, lifting and reed plan for given weave.
analyze basic design parameters of different fabrics.
interpret the design elements for a given structure
understand the manufacturing techniques for a different weave structure
describe the color and weave effect.
SKILLS:
Draw the weave notation for given fabric structure.
Selection and arrangement of number of heald frame as per drafting plan.
Measure and calculate designing parameters viz. thread density, crimp, count.
Identify the manufacturing requirements for a given weave structure.
Draw the color pattern from warp and weft color plan.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
69
II Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Analysis and
designing of
weaves,
drafting and
lifting plan for
shirting fabric,
upholstery.
o Analysis and
designing of
weaves,
drafting and
lifting plan for
any compound
structured
fabric .
o Manufacturing
of woven fabric
from drafting
and lifting plan.
o Drawing weave
notation for any
weft knitted
fabric.
o Manufacturing
of warp knitted
fabric based
on design.
o Draw-in and
denting
operation for
basic weaves.
L- 09
INTRODUCTION TO FABRIC STRUCTURE : Method of weave notation Elements of fabric structure:

design, draft, denting and peg plan and their interrelation - Warp faced,weft faced, equifaced weaves,
Classification of weaves .
PLAIN WEAVE : Modification of plain: as warp rib, weft rib, matt, fancy matte, stitched hopsack,
Sateen and satin: Characteristics, Possible moves, Modification of floating weaves.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
INTRODUCTION TO TWILLS : Characteristics of Twills, Twill angle, Twist and twill interaction, Twill
modification: wavy, herringbone, combined, broken, steep, flat, skip twills.
FANCY WEAVES : Honey comb-Huck-A-Back-Mockleno: Basic designs, Distorted thread effects
(warp and weft way). Colour and weave effects: Effect produced by simple colour and weave
combinations.
UNIT - 3
L-09
ADVANCED FABRICS : Extra thread figuring Bed fords and welts or piques Backed cloths:
reversible and wadded backed cloths.
DOUBLE CLOTHES : Principles of stitching, reversible, wadded, inter changeable double cloths
Treble cloths: principle of stitching.
WEFT PILES : Plushes & corduroys, A brief note on Warp plies, Velvets.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
TERRY PILES : Terry motion, Terry ornamentation, Dobby striped & Check effects in Terry.
GAUZE & LENO : Principle, Sheds formed in Leno, Designs for simple leno.
KNIT STRUCTURE NOTATION : Knit stitch, Float stitch, Tuck stitch, Symbolic (graph paper)
representation of stitches, Diagrammatic representation of stitches.
UNIT - 5
L- 10
DERIVATIVES OF PLAIN KNIT : Le Coste, Cross tuck, Satin, Knitted twill, Ornamentation of rib
structure 2X2 rib structure, Half cardigan, Full cardigan, Derivatives of inter lock structures; Pontedi-Roma, Ottoman rib, Bourrelet, TEXI-pique, Milano rib, Swiss Pique.
REPRESENTATION OF WARP KNIT STRUCTURES : Point paper, Chain-link notation, Single fabrics:
Chain stitch, Tricot lap, Extension of 1-and-1 lapping, Full tricot, Lock knit, Reverse lock knit, Satin,
Loop raided fabrics, Queens cord, Sharkskin.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
70
II Year II Semester
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
1.
Identification of basic features of fabrics and Need for Analysis.
2.
Analysis of different types of warp faced, weft faced and equifaced plain fabrics.
3.
Analysis of different types of Twill fabrics.
4.
Analysis of different types of Sateen fabrics.
5.
Selection of Reed and Pick for different simple fabrics.
6.
Preparation of stripes and checks using 2 or more colors with and with out plain weave.
7.
Preparing of designs for shirting and Suiting from different blended materials.
8.
Preparation of patterns for bed sheet, upholstery, furnishing fabrics.
9.
Analysis of data for compound structures.
10.
Analysis of extra warp and extra weft and other complex structures.
11.
Planning of loom equipment to produce simple and complex fabrics.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Z.J. Groscicki, Watsons Textile Design and Colour, Newness Butter & Worths,
Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, 4th Edition, 2006.
2.
Z.J. Groscicki, Watsons Advanced Textile Design, Mahajan Book Publishers,

Ahmedabad, Gujarat, 4th Edition 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Robinson and Marks, Woven Cloth Construction, Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad,
Gujarat, 2008.
2.
John Reed, Fabric Structure and Design, Veritas Publications,Hong Kong, 2007.
3.
Nisbeth, Grammar of Textile Design, Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad, Gujarat,

2007.
4.
David J.Spencer, Knitting Technology, Wood Head Publishing, 2nd edition, 2008.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
71
II Year II Semester
16TF211 TEXTILE WET PROCESSING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
10

This course introduces the fundamental concepts in dyeing of various fibers and its bonding
with different classes of dyes. It also includes methods and different styles of printing. Finally
it deals with finishing of textile and need for effluent treatment plant . Objective of this course is
to impart fundamental concepts of chemical processing of fabric.
Course Outcomes:
understand grey fabric preparation for processing.
know the dyeing of fabric using different classes of dyes.

differentiate different methods and styles of printing.
understand the importance of finishing and different types of finishes.
aware of importance of effluent treatment plant.
SKILLS:
Select the preparatory process for grey fabric preparation.
Identify suitable classes of dyes for the selected fibers.
Printing of the different fabrics with suitable dyes as well as pigments.
Compare the shade of original sample with dyed sample by using Computer Color
Matching system.
Find usefullness of particular finish for the specific application.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
72
II Year II Semester
UNIT - 1
L-09
GREY PREPARATION : Singeing, Desizing and its types, Scouring - Purpose and process, batch,
semi-continuous and continuous methods of scouring. Bleaching of cotton goods with sodium
hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide and sodium chlorite. Mercerization - objects and principle of
mercerization, yarn mercerization, fabric mercerization.
UNIT - 2
L-10
PROCESS HOUSE EFFLUENT AND ITS TREATMENT : Nature of effluents in chemical processing,
Effect of waste water discharge on the environment, Government standards for textile chemical
process effluent discharges, Treatment of dye house effluent, operations in an ETP and methods
for removal of color in dye house effluent, azo dyes and major banned amines, guidelines for ecofriendly processing.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
Dyeing of fabric
with natural dye
using different
mordants.
Identification of
various defects
within the dyed
and printed
fabrics.
Collection of
different
finished
samples in
regular use.
Analysis of
tirupur case
study for ETP.
L-08
FINISHING : Classification of textile finishes - Mechanical finishes: calendaring and its types,
mechanical shrinking (Sanforising), Compacting of knitted fabric. Outline of functional and aesthetic
finishes - wrinkle-free finishing of cotton fabric (resin finishing), UV-protective finish, antimicrobial
finish, flame-retardant finish, water-repellent finish, soil release finish.
UNIT - 5
Interpretaion of
of computer
colour
matching data.
L-09
PRINTING : Methods of printing - Principles of block printing, roller printing, flat-bed and rotaryscreen printing, and transfer printing techniques. Styles of printing - Principles of direct, discharge
and resist styles of printing, printing with reactive dyes, Printing with pigments, study of chest and
rotary screen printing machines for knitted goods.
UNIT - 4
L-09
DYEING : Fundamentals, Classification of colorants, Difference between dye and pigment, Common
terms used in textile coloration, Different kinds of dye-fibre bonds for common fibres, Dyeing of
cotton with direct, reactive, vat dyes, Dyeing of wool and silk with acid and basic dyes, Dyeing of
polyester with Disperse dyes, Principle of computer-aided color matching.
UNIT - 3
ACTIVITIES:
73
II Year II Semester
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
Perform the grey fabric preparation for processing.
Perform the dyeing and different classes of dyes used.
understand different methods of printing, styles of printing.
understand the importance of computer color matching.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 45
1.
Scouring of cotton using alkali-boiling method.
2.
Bleaching of cotton using hydrogen peroxide.
3.
Dyeing of cotton with direct dyes & Reactive cold brand dyes.
4.
Dyeing of cotton with Hot brand reactive dyes.
5.
Dyeing of cotton with vat dyes.
6.
Dyeing of silk, wool or nylon fabric with acid dyes.
7.
Determination of color fastness to washing, Light and rubbing.
8.
Printing of cotton with reactive dyes using blocks and screens.
9.
Direct printing of cotton with pigment colors using screens.
10.
Discharge and resist styles of printing on cotton.
11.
Printing of polyester with disperse dyes.
12.
Dyeing of cotton fabric with pigments using padding method and the dyeing of cotton fabric
with vat dyes by the pad-jig method.
13.
Dyeing of polyester using a lab-scale HTHP machine and dyeing of knitted fabric in a labmodel winch machine.
14.
Computer-aided color matching.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
C. V. Koushik and A. I. Josico, Chemical Processing of Textiles Grey Preparation and

Dyeing, NCUTE Publication, New Delhi, 2004.
2.
V. A. Shenai, Technology of Finishing, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, Nitra, 1995.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
V. A Shenai, Technology of Textile Processing Vol. III, IV, V, VII and VIII, Sevak Publications,
Mumbai, 1995.
2.
J. W. Palmer, Textile Processing and Finishing Aids: Recent Advances, Mahajan Book
Distributors, 1996.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
74
Y E A R
TEXTILE AND
FASHION
TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech.
I SEMESTER 4
16TF301 -
Testing of Fibres and Yarns
16TF302 -
Apparel Production,Planning and Control
16TF303 -
Garment Dyeing, Printing and Embroidery
16TF304 -
Textile Mathematics
Employability and Life Skills*
II SEMESTER 4
16HS301 -
Professional Ethics
16TF305
Garment Machinery
16TF306
Testing of Fabrics and Garments
16TF307
Apparel Merchandising
16TF308
Textile and Fashion CAD Laboratory
Employability and Life Skills*
COURSE CONTENTS
I SEM & II SEM
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
76
III Year I Semester
16TF301 TESTING OF FIBRES AND YARNS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
20
CS
SA
BS

This course offers testing procedures for measurement of essential fibre properties, measurement principle and techniques for yarn dimensions and essential yarn properties. The
ojective of this course is to impart skill required for testing of fibres and yarns.
Course Outcomes:
understand importance of selection of fibers and yarn samples.
explain the principles of testing for the measurement of fibre and yarn properties.
analyze test results of fibers and yarns by using statistical tool.
know the working principle of advance instrument like AFIS, HVI.
SKILLS:
Determine sample size base on deviation and sample error.
Apply significance test viz. Z test and ANOVA
Measure fibre length, strength, fineness and maturity.
Measure yarn count strength, twist.
Analyze and correlate the testing report of AFIS, HVI, spectrograph and USTER
tester.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
77
III Year I Semester

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Apply zoning
technique for
sampling of
cotton from a
bales.
L- 08
INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL : Objectives of testing,

determination of sample size for testing & selection of samples for testing, Sampling errors,
Point estimations of mean and variance, Interval estimation of mean and variance, Number of
tests, Significance test: t-test , z-test and ANOVA with application to textile; Random and biased
sample, Length and extent biased samples, zoning technique for raw cotton.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
Analyze test
results using
ANOVA.
MEASUREMENT OF REGAIN AND MOISTURE CONTENT : Corrections for regains, Numerical

examples; Hygrometers: Hair and digital hygrometer, Factors affecting the regain, Effect of
moisture on fibre properties, Drying oven, Shirley moisture meter.
Test cotton
fiber under
bear sorter for
any veriety.
FIBRE DIMENSIONS: Fibre length measurement, Fibre sorter methods, Analysis of Sorter diagrams,
span length, Fibro-graph and uniformity index, Fibre fineness, important of fineness, measurement
by air flow principle; Micronare value; relation between fineness and maturity.
Comparison of
strength of two
different
sample using
Z-test.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
MATURITY AND STRENGTH: Maturity ratio, Maturity count, Measurement of maturity of cotton
fibres, Terminology related to Tensile properties of Textiles, Measurement principles CRL CRE
and CRT, Measurement of Fibre strength, Pendulum lever principle, Stelometer, strain gauge
principle, Instron Tensile Tester.
Latest Testing instruments like AFIS, HVI and their use, Measurement principle and different
modules with data analysis.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
YARN DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH : Yarn numbering system, Measurement Linear density by
skein gauge, wrap reel Beesleys yarn balance, Twist factor, Effect of twist on yarn and fabric
properties, Measurement of Twist by direct, continuous, take-up twist and twist to break methods,
Measurement of yarn strength by Single yarn test and lea test, CSP and RKM, Effect of yarn
friction in textile industry, Measurement of friction, By Yarn-on-Yarn Friction, Uster Zweigle Friction
Tester.
UNIT - 5
L- 10
MEASUREMENT OF HAIRINESS : Measurement of hairiness by Shirley yarn hairiness tester,

Zweigle G565 and Uster tester 3 hairiness meter; Evenness testing of silvers - roving and yarns;
Analysis of periodic variations in mass per unit length, Index of irregularity, limit irregularity,
addition of irregularities, Evenness Tester (Uster evenness test), Random occurring faults (Uster
classimat), Spectrogram, variance length curves analysis The causes and effects of irregularity.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
78
III Year I Semester

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
Determination of
1.
regain of different fibers.
2. fiber maturity by NaOH swelling method and differential dyeing techniques.

3. fiber length by Bear Sorter and Interpretations by other methods.
4. fiber fineness by ATIRA fineness tester.
5. fiber strength by Stelometer.
6. yarn count by Beesleys yarn balance.
7. yarn count by Wrap reel.
8. single and plied yarn twists.
9. moisture content of cotton material.
10. single Yarn Strength.
11. CSP and CCSP of Yarns.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J. E. Booth, Principle of Textile Testing, Butterworths Publisher, London.
2.
B. P. Saville, Physical Testing of Textiles, 1st Edition, Woodhead Publishing, Limited, 1999.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Arindam Basu, Textile Testing, Sitra Publishers, Coimbatore, 2004.
2.
Grower and Hamby, Hand Book of Textile Testing, Textile Institute,1 996.
3.
Keshavan and Angappan, Physical Testing, Vol- I & II, SSMITT Publications,
Komarapalyam, 1993.
4.
V.K. Kothari, Developments in Textile Testing, I B Publishers, New Delhi.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
79
III Year I Semester
13TF302 APPAREL PRODUCTION,

PLANNING AND CONTROL
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
20
CS
SA
BS

This course deals with the functions and techniques involved in production, pre-production
activities, marker planning and spreading techniques in apparel production. Objective of this
course is to impart insight knowledge in planning techniques and control measures used in
apparel production.
Course Outcomes:
calculate the capacity and line balancing in cutting, sewing and finishing.
learn techniques involved in the construction of garment closures to meet costumer

requirement.
SKILLS:
Improve managerial capacity in the garment production department.
Prepare the operation bulliten for given style.
Improve utilization of raw materials.
Control the lines to get good quality of garment.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
80
III Year I Semester

UNIT - 1
L-09
INTRODUCTION: Production - Definition, Terminology, Functions of production department, Duties

and responsibilities of a production manager / supervisor. Pre-production activities, Lead time,
Product development steps from prototype to production model, Product data management,
Understanding and interpretation of specification sheets.
UNIT - 2
L-09
MARKER AND LAY PLANNING: Marker planning - Plain, Striped and checked, Directional, Non
directional fabrics, Spreading techniques - One way, Two way, Biased grain; Step lay, Splicing,
Marker making, Lay lot planning, Numerical exercises on lay lot planning, shrinkage allowance.
UNIT - 3
L-09
BUNDLE TICKETS AND OPERATION SEQUENCE : Bundle Tickets - Importance and guideline, Sorting
and bundling, move ticket, Operation breakdown - T-shirt, Mens full sleeve shirt, Trousers, Jeans,
Ladies night dress, Shorts; Machine and attachment details.
UNIT - 4
L-10
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL : Capacity calculation - Cutting, Sewing and finishing;
Determination of machine requirements For a given target, Allocation of man power and machines,
Line balancing - Importance, Techniques and line balancing matrix, Takt Time analysis.
UNIT - 5
L-08
QUALITY IN PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT : Quality Assurance - Fabric, Pattern making, Cutting and
garment construction, Inspection procedure - Product development, Components inspection for
mens and womens wear.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
A. J. Chuter, Introduction to Clothing Production Management, Blackwell Science Publishing,

1995.
2.
H. Carr, B Latham, The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Om Book Service, New Delhi,
1995.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
2.
R. E. Glock and G. I. Kunz, Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis, 4th edition,
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 1994, ISBN: 8177580760.
J. Solinger, Apparel Production Handbook, Van Nostrand Reinhold Publications, New
York, 1998.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
81
ACTIVITIES:
o Case study on
apparel
production
planning.
o calculation of
marker
efficiency
through mini
marker.
o
Preparation of
operation
bulliten for
given garment
style.
o Optimising line
balancing
through hourly
adjustment.
o Performing takt
time analysis.
o Inspection of
garments and
finding A, B & C
category faults.
III Year I Semester
16TF303 GARMENT DYEING, PRINTING

AND EMBROIDERY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
20
CS
SA
BS

This course offers the concepts of garment dyeing, printing, finishing, embroidery and various
machines used for it. Objective of this course is to impart knowlege on garment value addition
processes.
Course Outcomes:
differentiate garment dyeing techniques
differentiate garment printing styles.
know the different types of garment finishes.
understand the concepts of garment embroidering.
SKILLS:
Perform the dyeing of garments.
Perform the printing of garments.
Carryout the garment finishing.
Carry out the garment embroidery.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
82
III Year I Semester

UNIT - 1
L- 08
GARMENT DYEING : Importance of garment processing, Concepts of garment stage and pre garment
stage dyeing, flow chart for garment dyeing, Various machinery used for Garment dyeing like paddle
dyeing machine, drum dyeing machine, Drying of garment dyed goods Various drying machinery
like Hydro-extractor, Tumble dryer, RF dryer. Problems in garment dyeing and its remedies.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Flow chart
preparation for
list of
parameters to
be considered
during garment
dyeing and
printing.
collection of
different dyed,
printed and
finished
samples.
L- 10
GARMENT PRINTING : Special print recipes for garments Khadi, Metallic, Flock, Plastisol, Reflective,
Pear, Fluorescent, High density printing, Puff Printing, Foil Printing, Plastic Printing. Printing of
Garments with Photo chromatic and Thermo chromatic dyes, Garment Printing Machinery - Table
printing, Multi arm flat bed printing machine for Garments, Digital printing, Transfer printing.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
GARMENT FINISHING : Classification, Fragrance finish, UV protection finish, Cool finish, thermo cat
finish, water resistant breathable finishes. Functional Finishes - Wrinkle free, durable press, Feather
touch finish, Rubbery touch finish, Stain Resistant Teflon finish, Moisture management finish; Bio
Polishing Mechanism involved, problems and its remedies.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
GARMENT WASHING : Introduction Various wash down effect, Flow chart, Stone washing Various
stone less stone washing effects like enzyme wash, Mud wash, Ion wash, Chalk wash and Monkey
wash; Other novel wash down effects - Acid wash, Antique wash, Denim Hand Sand /Scraping,
Sand Blasting, Ball Blasting, Whiskering, Ozone Fading, Back Staining-Its causes and remedies.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
GARMENT EMBROIDERY : Introduction to embroidery, hand embroidery, origin of embroidery, threads

and fabrics for hand embroidery, machine embroidery - eyelet work, lace work, stone work, bead
and sequins work, bobbin thread embroidery; computerised embroidery machines, types and
purpose of frames and backing material, cost estimation of embroidery articles.
Course Outcomes:
perform the garment dyeing using different machineries.
perform the printing of garment with different types.
perform the finishing of garment.
perform the embroidery work on the garment.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
83
o Identify the
types of wash
suitable for the
particular
garment.
o
Plan for the

particular finish
required for the
garment based
on the end use.
III Year I Semester

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1.
Dyeing of garment with reactive dyes using paddle dyeing machine.
2.
Study of Problems in garment dyeing and its remedies.
3.
Direct style of printing with reactive dyes.
4.
Direct style of printing with pigment.
5.
Discharge style of printing with reactive dye.
6.
Resist style of printing with reactive dye.
7.
Bio-polishing treatment on garment.
8.
Stone wash on garment.
9.
Acid wash on garment.
10.
Plastizol printing on garment.
11.
Khadi printing on garments.
12.
Pearl Metallic Printing on garments.
13.
Hand embroidery work on T- shirt.
Total hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J.N. Etters, Influence of Fabric Surface Effects on Colour Depth and Hue of Garment Dyed
Textiles, American Dyestuff Reporter, 1997.
2.
J.M. Murphy, Improving Preparation Techniques for Garment Dyeing, American Dyestuff
Reporter, 1987.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
D. Mahajan, Know All About Denim, Mahajan Publishers Private Limited, Ahmadabad.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
84
III Year I Semester
16TF304 TEXTILE MATHEMATICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
20
CS
SA
BS
10

This course offer introduction of basic units, elements of trigonometry, analysis of fiber dimensions, basic kinematics, weaving preparatory mathematical calculations and fabric structural
calculations. Objective of this course is to impart basic knowledge and skill required to analyse
fibre, yarn and fabric structural aspects.
Course Outcomes:
know basic units and their conversions.
understand the evaluation of fiber dimensional properties.
describe basic kinematics used in textile applications.
analyze winding, warping and weaving mechanics.
SKILLS:
Analyse fiber dimensions by using basic conversions.
Interpret data by using graphical representation.
Calculate the equation of motion and motion in circle in carding and draw frame.
Calculate traverse motion and yarn tension in cone winding process.
Identify fabric dimensional characteristics.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
85
III Year I Semester

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect unit
conversions
used in textiles.
o Calculate
velocity and
time using
equations of
motion and
motion in
circle.
L-09
INTRODUCTION: Definitions of basic units, Conversion of units from one system to another; Revision
of basic mathematics - Symbols and formulae, Areas and perimeters, Ratio, Proportions,
Percentages; Elements of trigonometry; Averages; Graphs and other forms of graphical
representation.
UNIT - 2
L-09
FIBRES: Fibre dimensions- Fibre length and fibre diameter, Fibre bundle strength, Work of rupture,
Trash and lint content of cotton, Quantitative analysis of fibre mixtures, Fibre quality index (FQI)
measurement.
UNIT - 3
L-09
BASIC KINEMATICS: Equations of motions, Motion in a circle.

o Calculate
production of
carding, draw
frame, simplex,
ring frame and
loom.
o Calculate yarn
diameter by
using different
formulae.
YARNS: Bale density, Lap density, Lap uniformity, Tuft size at the cleaning points, Calculations of the
card mechanism, Twist factor, Irregularity yarn diameter, Drafting wave, Packing density of fibers
and yarns.
UNIT - 4
L-09
WEAVING PREPARATORY: Winding rate, Wind and traverse ratio, Yarn tension and tension devices,
Yarn clearing and clearing devices, Sectional building calculations in warping, Efficiency calculations,
Production calculations.
UNIT 5
L-09
FABRIC CALCULATION: Woven Fabric structure, Crimp percentage in woven fabric, Fabric areal
density, Fabric cover and cover factor (Peirce), Loom calculations, Picking and beat-up calculations,
Knitted fabric calculations - spirality, loop length, production calculations.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
J. E. Booth, Textile Mathematics, Volume-I, II & III, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1975
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
N. Gokarneshan, B. Varadarajan, C. B. Senthil Kumar, Mechanics and Calculations of

Textile Machines Woodhead Publishing INDIA PVT LTD, 2013.
2.
R. Marks and A. T. C. Robinson, Principles of weaving, The Textile Institute, Manchester,

1976.
3.
Hearle, Grosberg and Backer, Structural Mechanics of Fibers, Yarns and Fabrics, Vol I,
Wiley Inter-Science, New York, 1987.
4.
B.C.Goswami, Textile Yarns, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1987.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
86
16HS301 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
30
CS
SA
BS
10

This course offers insight into workplace rights of people, their safety concerns and more
importantly the ethics that are to be followed by professionals and corporates. The objective
of the course is to bring in awareness among the students about human values, social
responsibility and the ethics to be followed by engineering professionals.
Course Outcomes:
understand professional responsibilities and ethics in the workplace.
have knowledge of contemporary issues related to personal and professional

interactions at the workplace.
understand the impact of engineering solutions in global and societal context.
SKILLS:
Analyze the issues faced by society and business world related to safe technologies/
practices, employee rights, resource sharing and allocation, team work, organizational
dynamics, legislations related to business and technology, discrimination.
Appreciate the need for workplace etiquette and proper code of conduct.
Construct and evaluate arguments during decision making by considering viewpoints

of all the stakeholders.
Analyze ones own beliefs and values during interpersonal and intra-organizational
conflicts.
Detect inconsistencies and common errors in reasoning during discussions and

practices.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
87

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Discuss a
typical case
study on
workers strike
and analyze
the conflict of
interest among
different
stakeholders.
Reading and
analyzing a
prisoners
narrative of
police abuse in
custody.
o Watching and
discussing a
video report on
mishaps such
as space
shuttle mishap.
o
Analyze and
comment on
disasters such
as Chernobyl,
Bhopal etc.
Analyzing the
HR policies
documents of a
typical
company on
issues such as
working hours,
employee
security and
health care.
L- 06
HUMAN VALUES : Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic
Virtue Respect for Others Living Peacefully Caring Sharing Honesty Courage Valuing
Time Co-operation Commitment Empathy Self-Confidence Character Spirituality.
UNIT - 2
L- 06
ENGINEERING ETHICS & ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION : Engineering Ethics - Variety

of moral issues types of inquiry moral dilemmas moral autonomy The problems of Many
Hands Kohlburgs theory Gilligans theory Impediments to Responsible Action.
Engineering as social experimentation - Codes of ethics - a balanced outlook on law - the challenger
case study.
UNIT - 3
L- 06
ENGINEERS RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY : Safety and Risk Assessment of Safety and Risk
Risk Benefit Analysis Reducing Risk The Government Regulators Approach to Risk - Chernobyl
Case Studies and Bhopal.
UNIT - 4
L- 06
WORKPLACE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES & WORK ENVIRONMENT : Workplace Rights and
Responsibilities : Engineers and Managers. Oganizational complaint procedures. Government
agencies. Resolving Employee concerns. Limits on acceptable behaviour in large corporation. Work
Environment : Ethical and legal considerations, Organizational responses to offensive behaviour and
harassment. Ethics in a Global Context.
UNIT - 5
L- 06
GLOBAL ISSUES : Multinational Corporations Business Ethics - Environmental Ethics Computer

Ethics - Role in Technological Development Weapons Development Engineers as Managers
Consulting Engineers Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors Honesty Moral Leadership
Sample Code of Conduct
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Prof. (Col) P S Bajaj and Dr. Raj Agrawal, Business Ethics An Indian Perspective,
Biztantra, New Delhi, 2004
2.
Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, Engineering Ethics

Concepts and Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2000.
3.
Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists and
Engineers, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
88
GARMENT MACHINERY
16TF305
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offers basic knowledge of various types of fabric packages encountered in fabric
spreading, functions of various fabric cutting machines, seams and stitches and discuss the
basic parts of sewing Machines. Objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge
and skill for operating and utilizing the machinery used in garment making.
Course Outcomes:
know the various types of fabric packages in fabric spreading.
describe the types and functions of various fabric cutting machines.
understand the various types of needles, sewing threads.
compare the different seams and stitches and the basic parts of sewing machines.
SKILLS:
Operate the sewing machine
Perform changes in different settings in sewing machine.
Set the sewing machine parameters as per fabric.
Operate specialized sewing machines.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
89

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
Specifications
of different
sewing
machines.
o List out the
various parts in
the different
sewing
machines.
o Collect various
defects from
cutting, sewing
departemnts.
o Perform
changes in the
settings of
different parts
of sewing
machine.
L-08
SPREADING : Type of fabric packages received at garment industry, Manual spreading, Computerized
spreaders, Spread relaxation, Types of spreads, NOW, NEW, NUD, Symmetrical and Asymmetrical
patterns, effect on marker making, marker efficiency, factors affecting marker efficiency, marker
duplicating methods, computer aided marker making.
UNIT - 2
L-09
CUTTING MACHINES : Introduction to cutting machines, types and functions of cutting machines,
straight knife, round knife, band knife cutting machines, notches, drills, die cutting machines;
computerized cutting machines, common defects in cutting and their remedies.
UNIT - 3
L-09
PARTS OF SEWING MACHINE : Types of needles, parts of needles and their function, needle size,
sewing thread, properties of sewing threads, ticket number, fabric sewability, Basic parts of a
sewing machine - needle, bobbin case/bobbin hook, loppers, loop spreader, threading fingers,
throat plate, tongue chaining plates, take up devices, tensioner, feed dog, presser foot, folders and
attachments.
UNIT - 4
L-09
SEWING MACHINE SETTINGS : Classification of sewing machines - basic SNLS machine, parts
and their functions, adjustments, stand height, pedal, needle bar, presser foot, feed dog, differential
feed ratio, reverse feed, stitch length selection, feed timing, needle and bobbin thread tension,
stitch cycle timing diagram, Maintenance of SNLS machine, Common defects and remedies.
UNIT- 5
L-10
SPECIALIZED SEWING MACHINES : Special purpose sewing machines - Feed-off-the-arm, buttonhole sewing, button-sewing, bar, tack, blind stitch machines, over-lock machine, double-needle
lock stitch machine, elastic band attaching machine, multi-needle chain stitch machine, singleneedle machine with under-bed trimmer. Automation in sewing machines - automatic pocket sewing
machine. Unit production system, Computerized sewing machines.
Course Outcomes:
perform the cutting of different patterns using different knives.
understand the major parts of sewing machines.
know working of single needle sewing machine.
explain special sewing machines for working and construction.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
90

List of Experiments:
Total Hours-30
1.
Study of various types of cutting machine for the working and construction.
2.
Study of various types of cutting machine for the working and construction.
3.
Study the various types of beds of the sewing machines.
4.
Study the major parts of sewing machines.
5.
Study of Needles for the sewing machine.
6.
Study of sewing threads.
7.
Study of single needle sewing machine for working and construction.
8.
Study of overlock sewing machine for working and construction.
9.
Study of special sewing machines for working and construction.
10.
Study of feed off the arm machine for working and construction
11.
Work aids and attachment for sewing machine.
12.
Visit to garment unit.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
H. Carr and B. Latham, The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Om Book Service,

1994.
2.
R.M Laing, J Webster, Stitches and Seams, The Textile Institute, Manchester,
UK,1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
S. Claire, Sewing for the Apparel Industry, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001.
2.
J. Solinger, Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Reinhold Publications, 1998.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
91
16TF306 TESTING OF FABRICS AND

GARMENTS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
CS
SA
BS
15
10
15

This course offers fabric testing and classification of fabric testing, garment testing, fabric
dimensions and other essential fabric properties. Objective of this course is to impart basic
knowledge and skill in fabric and garment testing domain.
Course Outcomes:
Tthe student will be able to:
explain the importance of fabric testing and classification of fabric properties.
understand the principles of testing for the measurement of fabric dimensions.
perform testing for the measurement of mechanical properties of fabric.
know the principles of testing for the measurement of fabric drape and handle.
describe testing of fabric comfort properties.
SKILLS:
Analyze fabric dimensions.
Identify the right method for the measurement of fabric strength.
Assess the fabric abrasion and pilling test by subjective and objective analysis.
Measure fabric permeability to air and water as per standards.
Analyze and correlate the testing results of FAST and KESF.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
92

UNIT - 1
L- 10
FABRIC DIMENSIONS : Scope of fabric testing Importance of fabric testing Standards for tests
classification of fabric properties, Properties of fabrics as Tailor made Fabric dimensions like
length, width, fabric weight, threads/inch (Densimeter) crimp measurements Measurement of
thickness.
TENSILE TESTING OF FABRICS : classification of Tensile testers and working along with adjustments
to suit the material under test Automation in tensile testers Methods for testing tensile strength
of fabric Tearing and factor affecting tearing strength The Elmendorf tearing tester.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
METHODS FOR TESTING : Methods for testing burst strength by Hydraulic diaphragm method,
Factors affecting abrasion resistance The Martindale abrasion tester Pilling resistance of fabrics
ICI pilling box tester pilling evaluation subjective and objective (by image capturing).
FABRIC STIFFNESS : Bending, shear and compression properties of fabrics Methods for testing
fabric shearing compression Measurement of bending by Shirley stiffness tester and hanging
loop method.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
FABRIC DRAPE AND HANDLE : Measurement of Drape by drapameter Crease and wrinkle behavior
Measurement of crease recovery - Air permeability Air, water and water vapor transmission
through fabrics measurement of WVT by cup method and sweating guarded hot plate method
Wicking Test: longitudinal and traverse Wettability of textile fabrics-Water repellency: spray rating
Bundesmann water repellency test WIRA shower test.
UNIT - 4
L- 10
THERMAL RESISTANCE OF FABRICS : Togmeter Fabric Friction tester. Fabric Friction measurement
by simple and inclined plane test Flammability Terminology related with flammability
Measurement of flammability by inclined plane method -Thermal insulation tester TIV Limited
Oxygen Index Tester -Assessment of color fastness Measurement of Fastness to Washing, Light,
Perspiration, Rubbing for dyed goods.
UNIT - 5
L- 10
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY : Hygral expansion, relaxation shrinkage, swelling shrinkage, Felting

shrinkage, Measurement of Dimensional stability.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL TESTS FOR TECHNICAL TEXTILES : moisture management
tester Wet Barrier TesterPuncture TestCone Drop TesterTension creepRadiant Heat
Transmission TesterInstrument for Run testSurface Resistance Tester.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
93
ACTIVITIES:
o Measure fabric
thread crimp
theoretically
and practically
o Compare
crease
recovery of
cotton and
polyester
fabric.
o Draw fabric
drape diagram
for stiff and
limp fabric.
o Collect and
compare test
procedures
under different
standards.
o Assessment of
color fastness

LABORATY EXPERIMENTS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 30
1.
Testing the fabrics for bursting strength.
2.
Determination of crease recovery angle of cotton, man-made and silk fabrics.
3.
Determination of Drape co-efficient for textile fabrics.
4.
Determination of fabric Tensile strength and elongation.
5.
Determination of fabric Tear strength.
6.
Determination of Ballistic strength of fabrics.
7.
Testing of fabrics for pilling.
8.
Determination of stiffness parameters of fabrics.
9.
Study of dimensional stability of woven fabrics.
10.
Determination of Air permeability of woven fabrics.
11.
Wash fastness for different dyed and printed fabrics.
12.
Determination of abrasion resistance of fabrics.
13.
Blend analysis of fabric by chemical methods.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J. E .Booth, Principle of Textile Testing, Butterworths Publisher, London, 1975.
2.
B. P. Saville, Physical Testing of Textiles, Woodhead Publishing, Limited, 1999.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
J. HU, Fabric testing, The Textile Institute, Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2008.
2.
Grower and Hamby, Hand Book of Textile Testing, Textile Institute, 1996.
3.
V.K. Kothari, Developments in Textile Testing, I B Publishers, New Delhi.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
94
APPAREL MERCHANDISING
16TF307
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
15
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
15
CS
SA
BS

This course provides the fundamental concepts of market and advertising techniques involved
in merchandising. It discusses the types and functions of merchandising. Objective of this
course is to impart knowledge and skills in apparel merchandising.
Course Outcomes:
know marketing techniques in apparel merchandising.
describe the various types of merchandising in apparel industry.
understand the role and responsibilities of merchandiser.
analyze the importance of sourcing activities.
explain the importance of time management in merchandising.
SKILLS:
Identify the marketing activities in garment industry.
Analyse different roles and responsibilities of merchandiser.
Set the souring process for different trims and accessories required.
Acquire the time management skills for merchandising.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
95

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
different
marketing
activities
followed by
garment
industry.
o Prepare flow
chart of various
activities done
by
merchandiser.
L-09, T-03
MARKETING : Apparel marketing - Definition, Scope, Functions and strategies of marketing. Market
Research, International market, Retail and wholesale market and domestic market. fashion
marketing planning. fashion market sourcing- domestic, export manufacturing, retailers/wholesalers/
cooperative, Buying agencies/Offices, Direct exporting.
UNIT - 2
L-10, T-04
MERCHANDISING : Apparel merchandising - Definition, Functions of merchandising division, Roles

and responsibilities of merchandiser, Types of merchandising. Principles and techniques of apparel
merchandising, Retail merchandising, Visual merchandising. Buying cycles and tools of
merchandising - buying cycle, time and action plan, range planning, critical path and product
development. Interfacing merchandising with production.
UNIT - 3
L-09, T-03
o Collect the lead

time for
different trims
and
accessories.
FASHION MERCHANDISING : Fashion merchandising - Principles and techniques of fashion

merchandising, Components of fashion, principles of fashion, Leaders of fashion; Foreign fashion
markets, Fashion shows, Fashion retailing trends.
o Prepare a TNA
calender.
PRICING AND SOURCING : Pricing - Pricing theory, Factors affecting price structure in apparel.
Sourcing - Definition, Need and important factors in sourcing, Methods of sourcing, sourcing of
accessories. Manufacturing resource planning, JIT technology.
UNIT - 4
L-09, T-03
UNIT - 5
L-08, T-02
TIME MANAGEMENT : Time management in merchandising, Production scheduling, Route card

format, Accessories follow up, Practical check points, Computer applications in marketing and
merchandising.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
E. C. Moore, Path for Merchandising- A Step by Step Approach, Thames and Hudson Ltd.,
London, 2001.
2.
V. Barotia, Marketing Management, Mangal Deep Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
J. Jarnow and K. G. Dickerson, Inside the Fashion Business, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,
1997.
2.
L. Stone, Fashion Merchandising ,McGraw Hill Books, Singapore, 1985.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
96
16TF308 TEXTILE AND FASHION CAD

LABORATARY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
CS
SA
BS
20
Course Outcomes:
prepare the design in CAD software.
do the calculations of warp and weft yarn by changing various parameters.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 45
1.
To make cutting plan using textile CAD for Mans shirt.
2.
To make cutting plan using textile CAD for Womens wear.
3.
To make cutting plan using textile CAD for Children wear.
4.
To make drafting and lifting plan for given design using textile CAD.
5.
To make drafting and lifting plan for given design using textile CAD by changing yarn count
and twist.
6.
To make stripe pattern with miss dent design by using textile CAD with changing yarn
color.
7.
To make checks pattern using textile CAD by changing yarn color.
8.
To make stripe pattern using textile CAD by changing weave and yarn color.
9.
To make checks pattern using textile CAD by changing weave and yarn color.
10.
To make garment for summer wear using fashion CAD.
11.
To make garment for party wear using fashion CAD.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
97
Y E A R
TEXTILE AND
FASHION
TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech.
I SEMESTER 4
16MS201 - Management Science
16TF401
- Clothing Comfort
16TF402
- Industrial Engg. for Textiles & Apparels
16TF403
- Apparel Costing and Export Documents
16TF404
- Technical Textiles
16TF405
Men, Women, Children Wear Construction Lab
- Department Elective
- Department / Open Elective
- Employability and Life Skills Elective
II SEMESTER 4
16TF406
Project work
16TF407
Internship
COURSE CONTENTS
I SEM & II SEM
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
99
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
100
IV Year I Semester
16MS201 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
CS
SA
BS
45

This course provides an introduction to the evolution of management along with the framework
of managerial functions related to organization structure, production, operations, marketing,
human resource management, strategy etc. The objective of the course is to introduce the
students and make them well versed with the operational functions of management.
Course Outcomes:
understand the nature, importance and evolution of management.
identify the significance of Operations Management.
carry out production operations through work study.
understand the markets, customers and competition.
plan and control the HR function.
SKILLS:
Analyze and improve productivity.
Analyze the customer needs, wants and demand.
Recognize the need of different types/qualities of Human Resources.
Analyze the reasons for the evolution of management.
Analyze the philosophies of different management thinkers.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
101
IV Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Solve a test
case to identify
the various
operational
functions of
management .
Solve a test
case to know
the importance
of marketing.
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT: Concepts of Management and organization; nature, importance

and Functions of Management; Systems approach to Management; Taylors Scientific Management
Theory, Fayols Principles of Management, Mayos Hawthorne Experiments, Maslows Theory of
Human Needs, Douglas McGregors Theory X and Theory Y, Herzbergs Two-Factor Theory of
Motivation, Leadership Styles, Social responsibilities of Management.
UNIT - 2
L-09
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT: Principles and Types of Plant Layout; Methods of production (Job,
Batch and Mass Production), Work Study - Basic procedure involved in Method Study and Work
Measurement
UNIT - 3
L-09
Solve a test
case to know
the importance
of human
resources.
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT: Objectives, Need for Inventory control, EOQ, ABC Analysis, Purchase
Procedure, Stores Management and Stores Records; Statistical Quality Control: control charts for
variables and attributes (simple Problems), Acceptance Sampling
Solve a test
case to know
the importance
and evolution
of
management
discipline.
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM): Concepts of HRM, Basic functions of HR Manager;

Manpower planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, Placement, Wage and
Salary Administration, Promotion, Transfer, Separation, Performance Appraisal, Grievance Handling
and Welfare Administration, Job Evaluation and Merit Rating.
UNIT - 4
UNIT - 5
L-09
L-09
MARKETING MANAGEMENT: Evolution of Marketing, Functions of Marketing Selling Vs Marketing;

4 Ps of Marketing Product Mix, Product Life Cycle, Place Mix Channels of Distribution, Price Mix
Pricing Methods, Promotion Mix, Tools of Promotions.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
P. Vijay Kumar, N. Appa Rao, Ashnab and Chnalill, Introduction to Management Science,
6th edition, Cengage Learning India, 2012.
2.
Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert, Management, 6th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Kotler Philip and Keller Kevin Lane, Marketing Mangement 12th edition, PHI, 2005.
2.
Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management, 6th edition, TMH, 2005.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
102
IV Year I Semester
CLOTHING COMFORT
16TF401
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
10

This course offers the importance of comfort for selection of clothing and its measurement
techniques and principles, physics of human comfort and related permeability tests to water
and air. Objective of this course is to sensitize the required comfort properties for human
clothing intern useful for designing clothing for specific applications.
Course Outcomes:
know the clothing comfort and its types.
describe the test methods related to thermal comfort.
compare fabric parameters affecting tactile comfort sensation.
understand physics of human thermal comfort.
explain the concepts related to physiological aspects of clothing comfort.
SKILLS:
Analyze and correlate the testing results of FAST and KESF to comfort.
Identify the tests required to understand thermal, tactile and physiological comfort.
Correlate garment fitting according to comfort.
Select the clothing for specific person at specific condition.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
103
IV Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
List out comfort

aspect of
clothing used
for swim wear/
ski wear/
military wear.
Collect
specifications of
clothing for
swim wear/ ski
wear/military
wear.
Designing a
garment by
considering
thermal comfort
for specific
conditions.
Designing a
garment by
considering
tailorability and
drapability for
normal wear.
L- 09
CLOTHING COMFORT : Comfort - Introduction to clothing comfort, types and definition, human
clothing system, comfort perception and preferences, Need and selection of clothing, Components
of clothing comfort, Clothing Comfort and wearers attitude.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
THERMAL COMFORT : Physics of human thermal comfort - Physical phenomena affecting thermal
comfort, Effect of fabric properties of heat transfer, Moisture vapor permeability, Liquid moisture
permeability Absorbency, Wettability, Waterproof, Contact angle, Moisture management; Air
permeability Factors influencing air permeability.
UNIT - 3
L- 10
TACTILE COMFORT : Human tactile responses, Fabric parameter affecting tactile comfort sensations,
Fabric handle attributes for expressing tactile comfort, Assessment of fabric handle characteristics
using kawabata (KES) system and Fabric Assurance by Simple Testing (FAST).
UNIT - 4
L- 09
PHYSIOLOGICAL AND FITTING COMFORT : Concept related to physiological aspects of clothing

comfort, Factors affecting garment fit and comfort Air gap thickness, Garment ventilation, Fluctuating
microclimate in loose-fit garment, Garment fit and pressure sensation.
UNIT - 5
L-08
PHYSIOLOGICAL COMFORT : Concept of physiological comfort, Neuro physiological comfort, Basis

of sensory perceptions, Measurement techniques, Mechanical stimuli and thermal stimuli.
TEXT BOOKS:
Survey on
physiological
comfort and its
relation with
comfort and
garment
design.
1.
A Das and E Alagiruamy, Science in clothing comfort, 1st edition, Wood head Publishing
Ltd., 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
H. M. Behery, Effect of Mechanical and Physical Properties on Fabric Hand Wood head
Publishing Ltd., 1995.
2.
Li .Y, The science of Clothing Comfort, Textile Progress 31:1
3.
R.M Laing and G.G. Sleivert, Clothing, Textile and Human Performance, Textile Progress
31:1.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
104
IV Year I Semester
16TF402 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

FOR TEXTILES AND APPARELS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offers to understand the methods requred to set the targets, principles involved to
set-up a manufacturing unit and best work practices to get better quality and higher production. Objective of this course is to impart designing skills to standardise the work practices.
Course Outcomes:
know the different concepts and meaning of Industrial engineering.
distinguish techniques in designing a workstation at bulk production.
design a production system or work system.
analyze the work place by using work study and method study.
SKILLS:
Prepare a project for small scale industry.
Select plant location and machinery for project.
Analyse best practices for material handling.
Set standard operating procedures.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
105
IV Year I Semester
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Prepare
standard work
procedures for
group of
activities.
Case study on
plant layout.
Collect the
different types
of material
handling
techniques
used in
garment
industry.
Compare WIP
in different
producition
systems.
Calculate the
inventory cost
for given
conditions.
Compare the
advantages of
outsourcing.
L-09
CONCEPTS OF PRODUCTION AND PRODUCTIVITY: Introduction, Production, Productivity, Standard

of living, Productivity measures. Role of apparel engineering - Introduction, Apparel engineering,
Methodology, Benefits of engineering, Tools and techniques for apparel engineering, Role of
industrial engineer, Pre-production activities of a supervisor.
METHOD ANALYSIS: Definition, Recording the method, Operation process chart, Flow process
chart, Flow diagram, String diagram, Travel chart (From To chart), Multiple activity chart (or) man
machine chart.
UNIT - 2
L-10
MOTION ECONOMY: Principles of motion economy, Two-handed process chart, Micro motion study,
Study of method recorded, Methods improvement,
TYPES OF PRODUCTION SYSTEMS - Flow line, batch and job shop, Planning and Control for mass
production, Characteristics, Design aspects, Problem of mass production, FMS, Batch production,
EBQ; Supply Chain Management - Concept & tools, Make or buy & factors affecting out sourcing.
UNIT - 3
L-09
APPAREL PRODUCTION SYSTEMS AND FACTORY LAYOUT: Introduction, Garment production

systems, Group system, Progressive bundle synchro straight line system batch system, Unit
production system (UPS), Quick response sewing system, Layout objectives, Designing the layout.
WORK MEASUREMENT: Definition of work measurement, Techniques of work measurement, Time
study, Selecting the job, Standard allowed minute (SAM), Rating factor, Allowances, Other methods
to set time standards.
UNIT - 4
L-09
APPLICATION OF IE TECHNIQUES IN GARMENT INDUSTRY: Capacity study, Operator performance,

Follow-ups, Work in process (WIP), Operation bulletin
LINE BALANCING: Balancing, Steps to balance the line, Initial balance, Balance control (Operating
a line), Efficiency, Cycle checks, Balancing tools.
UNIT - 5
L-08
SCIENTIFIC METHOD OF TRAINING: Scientific method of training, Methodology behind SMT, Selection
test, Basic exercise, Paper exercise, Fabric exercise,
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING IN APPAREL QUALITY CONTROL: Introduction, Quality as a multidimensional aspect, Controlling quality, Steps to achieve good quality, Quality specifications sheet,
Quality training
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
V Ramesh Babu, Industrial engineering in apparel production, Woodhead Publishing

India,2012.
2.
Aswathappa, Production & Operations Management, Himalya Publishing House, New

Delhi, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engneering & Management, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi,
2004.
2.
B. Sharma, Industrial Engineering & Management, Khanna Publications, 1992.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
106
IV Year I Semester
16TF403 APPAREL COSTING AND

EXPORT DOCUMENTATION
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offers fundamental concepts of costing and its various types of costing used in
apparel industry. It discuss about factors that determine the price of garment and its components,
different types and functions of packing and labeling cost. Objective of this course is to impart
knowledge on costing and documents connected to exports and international codes for products
and services.
Course Outcomes:
know the fundamental concepts of costing and its various types.
describe the factors that determine the price of garment and its components.
understand the different types and functions of packing and labeling cost.
compare the facilities available for garment exporters with regard to Govt. assistance
and banks.
learn the procedures involved to start up a garment unit and subsidies available
export contracts.
SKILLS:
Optimize the costing of garments.
Analyze the various factors determine the cost of garment.
Set the procedure for packing and labeling of garment.
Aware of export documentation prdocedures.
Set up a new garment unit.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
107
IV Year I Semester
UNIT- 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Prepare
standard
TECHPACK
work given
garment.
Calculate cost
of garment
from fiber
stage
Analysis of
types of cost for
making a
garment
L-10
INTRODUCTION TO COST ACCOUNTING : Cost - Principles of cost; Types of cost - Fixed cost,
Variable cost, Semi variable cost, Conversion cost, Differential cost; Elements of cost, Direct material
cost, Direct expenses, Direct wages, Indirect materials, Indirect expenses, Indirect labour,
Overheads, Production overhead, Administrative overhead, Selling overhead distribution overhead,
Components of cost sheet.
UNIT - 2
L-08
MATERIAL AND CMT COST : Factors that determine the price of garments - Material cost, Cost of
yarn, Cost of fabric production, Cost of processing width of fabric and design affecting cost, Lot size,
cost of components, Cutting cost, Making and trim cost (CMT cost). Simple problems.
UNIT - 3
Analyse
various
schemes
available for
garment
exporters
Calculate cost
incurred in
exporting to
various
countries
Compare the
advantages of
EOU, Textile
Parks SEZ etc.
L-09
PREPARATION OF PRE-COST SHEET : Packing and labelling cost - Different types and functions.
Uses of brand and size label, Cost of bought out components, Thread, Button, Zippers, Interlining,
Shipment cost, Cost calculation of ladies, Men and childrens wear - Woven and knitted. Simple
problems.
UNIT - 4
L-09
FACILITIES FOR EXPORTERS : Facilities available for garment exporters Govt. assistance to
exporters, Cash compensatory support, duty drawback, Export finance through banks, Export credit,
short term, Medium term and long term credits, Anticipatory letter of credit, Export credit guarantee
corporation, Export import bank, Market development assistance, MDF(Marketing Development
Fund).
UNIT - 5
L-09
EXPORT PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION : 100 percent EOU (Export Oriented Unit), Foreign
exchange market, Business environment, Role of Government policies, Procedures to start up a
garment unit, Subsidies, export contracts, business ethics, Documents connected to exports,
International codes for products and services, Principal documents, auxiliary documents,
Documents for claiming export assistance ,Exchange control regulations relating to garment exports.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Shivaramu S., Export Marketing A practical guide to exporters, Wheeler Publishing, 1996
2.
Katherine McKelvey, Fashion Source Book, Om Book Service, New Delhi, 2001
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Jeannette Jamow, Kitty G. Dickerson, Inside the Fashion Business, Prentice Hall, 1997
2.
Koshy Darlie O., Effective Export Marketing of Apparel, Global Business Press, 1996
3.
Johnson Maurice and Moore E., Apparel Product Development, Om Book Service, New
Delhi, 2001
4.
Koshy Darlie O., Effective Export Marketing of Apparel, Global Business Press, 1996
5.
Hearle J. W. S., Hines T. and Suh. M. (Ed.), Global Marketing of Textiles JTI, 1999 .
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
108
IV Year I Semester
16TF404 TECHNICAL TEXTILES
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
10
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offer functional use of textile instead of aesthetic applications. It starts with the
classification, manufacturing techniques and material used for the technical applications.
Then it introduces the use of technical textiles in defense, medical and transportation
applications. Objective of this course is to impart knowledge and skill in the application of
technical textiles in various sectors.
Course Outcomes:
know the properties and technical aspects of different types of yarn and fabric.
understand the requirement of defense clothing and principles of camouflage fabric.
learn the application of textiles in medical field, transportation and in construction.
identify the type of fibre and arrangement of cord ply for different types of fibre.
explain the manufacturing, properties and applications of high performance fibre.
correlate the function and properties of geo-textiles for specific applications.
SKILLS:
Correlate properties of yarn, fabric and fabric structure to the end applications
Identify fibre, chemical coating and printing for camouflage system
Select textile materials and process for medical textiles.
Identify the high performance fibre and its manufacturing parameters for
particular use.
Select fibre, fabric and resin in case of textile reinforced composite for specific
application.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
109
IV Year I Semester
UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Collection of
fibres used for
a mulch mat/
geo-textile/
sutures/for
various
applications..
L- 10
GENERAL TECHNICAL TEXTILES : Classification of textiles according to tailor made, Brief note on
technical yarns, fabrics, and fabric structures, Scope of industrial textiles, Influence of man-made
fibre, manufacturing techniques of industrial textiles, Industrial sewing threads and their manufacture,
Nomenclature, Textiles in agriculture, diary and horticultural, Textiles in cigarettes, Paper machine
clothing - structure and manufacture of former, drier and wet felts, requirements of these felts,
Textiles in conveyor belting and power transmission.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
Design a fabric
structure for a
ballistic armor/
geo-textile/seat
belt.
TEXTILES FOR DEFENSE & SURVIVAL : Requirements, Canvas for defense, Combat clothing system,
Water vapor permeable clothing, Breathable clothing, Camouflage systems, Colour and patterns,
Camouflage for visible, UV, near IR, far IR, Deceptions, Decoys, Cut resistant textiles, Protective
clothing for extremely cold region, Ballistic protective armours and accessories, Introduction to
aerospace Textiles, Fabrics for nuclear, biological and chemical protection.
Interpret the
results of
permittivity and
transitivity to
the fabric
thickness.
UNIT - 3
MEDICAL TEXTILES : Brief study of applications of textiles in medical field : Classification, Sutures,
Surgical drapes, masks, Hospital textiles, Textiles for orthopedics.
Analyse baby
diaper/carry
bag/tyre cord/
other technical
textiles
product.
UNIT - 4
Analyse shed
cover, its
design, coating
and related
information.
L- 08
TEXTILES IN TRANSPORTATION : Tyre cord ,Cross section of passenger tyre, Manufacture of tyre
cords, Types of tyres, Textiles in parachute applications, hose canvas, duck fabrics. Introduction to
textile in automobile, Seat belt, Airbag.
L- 09
HIGH PERFORMANCE FIBRES : Manufacture, Properties and applications of Basalt, ultra high
modulus fibres like aramid and carbon.
TEXTILES IN FILTRATION, SPORTS, ACOUSTICS : Textiles in filtration media, methods of filtration,
selection of textiles for filtration, Coated fabrics and high performance coated fabrics, fabric structure
for coated fabrics, coating materials and methods, Textiles in acoustical applications, Textile materials
in sports and recreations.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
TEXTILES IN CONSTRUCTION : Geo-textiles, Requirements, Properties, Functions, Applications,

Testing of Geo-Textiles. Fabrics, Architectural fabrics, Building structure, Awnings and Canopies.
TEXTILES IN COMPOSITES : Textile Reinforced Composites, Woven, Knitted and Nonwoven fabric
reinforcements - Properties, Mechanics; High performance PP composites, Hybrid yarns for
composites.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
A. R Horrocks, S.C. Anand, Handbook of Technical Textiles, 2nd edition, Woodhead

Publishing, Cambridge, 2000.
2.
S. Adanur, Handbook of Industrial Textiles, 2nd edition, Technomic Publication, Lancaster,

2001.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
M.C. Kanna, Design and Manufacture of Textile Composites, Textile Progress, Manchester,
April 2004.
2.
Shishoo, Textile in sports, Textile progress, Manchester, August 2005.
3.
Fung W., Collins & Aikman, Textiles in Automotive Engineering, 2nd edition, Wood Head
Publishing ltd., UK, 2000.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
110
IV Year I Semester
16TF405 MEN, WOMEN, CHILDREN

WEAR CONSTRUCTION LAB
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
-
CS
SA
BS
20
Course Outcomes:
construct Childrens wear.
construct Mens casual, formal and under garments.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total hours: 45
Construction of Childrens wear:

1.
Childrens baba suit
2.
Childrens rompers
3.
Childr ens frock
Construction of Mens casual wear:

4.
Mens Bermudas
5.
Mens shorts
6.
Mens T-Shirt
Construction of Mens formal wear

7.
Mens formal shirt
8.
Mens formal trousers
9.
Mens casual trousers
Construction of Mens under garments:

10.Briefs
11.Vests
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
111
TEXTILE AND
FASHION
TECHNOLOGY
B.Tech.
DEPARTMENT
ELECTIVE COURSES
STREAM-1
STREAM-2
STREAM-3
STREAM-4
COURSE CONTENTS
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
114
Stream - 1 Elective
STREAM-1 ELECTIVE
16TF250 PRACTICAL ASPECTS IN BLOW

ROOM AND CARDING
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
15
CS
SA
BS

This course provides the technical and technological aspects of the yarn production process
between Blow room and carding. Objective of this course is to impart the knowledge and skill
on conventional and modern machines involved in the blow room and carding.
Course Outcomes:
understand different concepts in blow room and carding.

explain the routes for differnt types of fibres.
describe for modern carding machine.
SKILLS:
Analyse fiber opening and cleaning in Blow room.
Calculate the productions of blow room and carding.
Control of waste in blow room and carding.
Set the parameters for processing of various fibers in carding.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
115
Stream - 1 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Collect the
technical
specifications
of modern blow
room line.
Comparitive
study on
conventional
and nonconventional
carding
machines.
Collect the
carding
parameters for
a given cotton.
Case study on
nep removel
efficiency in
conventional
and nonconventional
cards.
Study of Rieter
and Trumac
blow room line.
L-09
BLOW ROOM: Introduction, opening and cleaning mechanical opening and cleaning, striking
from a spike, beater and feed roller, use of air current. Estimating the effectiveness of opening
and cleaning systems Intensity of opening, openness value, cleaning efficiency. Rieter and
Trumac blow room line.
UNIT - 2
L-09
PROCESS CONTROL IN BLOW ROOM : Requirements for preparation of lot size of Cotton,
Calculation of lot size from Bales, planning of the settings in Blow room machines, Calculation
of Individual and Overall Cleaning efficiency of Blow room, Waste calculation , Assessment of
Productivity , Planning of Blow room lines with respect to the lot size prepared.
UNIT - 3
L-09
CARDING : Introduction, revolving flat card Chute feed system, taker-in zone, developments in
taker-in zone, cylinder carding zone, cylinder-doffer stripping zone, sliver formation, continuity of
fiber mass flow, drafts equations, production equation. Waste extraction at card, Nep study &
control, Snap Study card.
UNIT - 4
L-09
STRIPPING AND GRINDING : Frequency of Grinding and effect on Sliver quality, Card clothing,
PPSI, Tooth geometry, Developments in card clothing, Card settings, Nep Study at Carding,
brief note on Card Coiler mechanisms, High production cards, Tandem card , Auto leveling in
card , Production calculations.
UNIT - 5
L-09
CALCULATION OF NUMBER OF CARDS : Setting of zones for Cotton, Blends and Synthetics,
replacement analysis of spares of Card , Labor allotment , Productivity in Cards, Automation in
Carding; Latest Developments in carding - C60 card,
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
W. Klein, Short Staple Spinning, Vol 1, 3 & 4 Textile Institute Publishers, 1993.
2.
Jayaprakasham, Spun Yarn Technology, SSM Institute Publications, Komarapalyam.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Vekatsubrmani, Spun Yarn Tehcnology, SSM Institute Publications, Komarapalyam,

Vol. III, 2003.
2.
T.K.Pattabhiraman, Essential Facts of Practical Cotton Spinning, Mahajan Publisher,

Ahmedabad, 2005.
3.
K.R.Salhotra, Recent Developments in Yarn Production, Textile Association, Bombay,

1983
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
116
Strem - 1 Elective
STREAM-1 ELECTIVE
16TF350 PRACTICAL ASPECTS IN

DRAWING, COMBER AND SIMPLEX
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offers the technical and technological aspects of the yarn production process
machines such as draw frame, combing preparatory, combing and roving frame. Objective of
this course is to transmit advanced concepts of yarn preparatory.
Course Outcomes:
Know different concepts in Draw Frames, Comber and Simplex
Describe different concepts relating to productivity and quality.
understand different concepts for line balancing.
learn various machine work practices.
SKILLS:
Analyse fiber parallelization in draw frame, combing and speed frame.
Calculate the productions of yarn preparatory machines.
Optimise waste in combing.
Differentiate processing of various fibers in speed frame.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
117
Stream - 1 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Collect
technical
specifications
of modern
machines.
Compare
conventional
and nonconventional
lap formers.
Perform
production
calculations of
speed frame.
Compare
backward and
forward feeding
combers
L-09
DRAWING : Introduction to drawing - Objects, basic concepts of drawing (ideal draft and real draft,
Number of Doublings, Parallelization), Study of conventional Draw frame, Principle of Roller drafting,
Different drafting systems, methods of roller weighing, Roller eccentricity, Coiler mechanism, Draw
frame setting (bottom and top rollers and other settings like scanning rollers and coiler etc),
Importance of Break draft, Study of Modern Draw frame, Auto leveling in Draw frame (open loop and
closed loop), Production calculations.
UNIT - 2
L-09
COMBER PREPARATORY : Introduction to combing Hook presentation, Hooks theory, combing

preparatory machines, study of sliver lap, ribbon lap and super lap formers, importance of comber
preparatory, calculations of sliver lap, ribbon lap and super lap formers, elements of lap formers
and their importance, passage of material through comber, functions and setting of each part.
UNIT - 3
L-09
COMBING : Combing principle, cycle of combing (Back ward and Forward combing, Early and Late
combings), working of modern combers, production calculations, Combing efficiency. Optimum
level of comber waste, norms for improvement in mean length on combing, the need of routine
check of comber waste, procedure for control of comber waste; modern developments and technical
specifications of comber.
UNIT- 4
L-09
SPEED FRAME : Principles of speed frame, detailed study of mechanisms (Drafting, Twisting and
bobbin building) of speed frame, study of different speed frames role of various drafts, processing
of cotton, synthetic and regenerated fibers, developments in speed frame, technical specifications
of various speed frames, Roving bobbin defects.
UNIT - 5
L-09
PRODUCTIVITY : Recent Developments, production calculations of speed frame, maintenance

schedules; Measurement and analysis of productivity definition of indices of productivity,
measurement of productivity, analysis of shortfall in productivity, productivity and profitability, planning
of machines in preparatory section for different counts.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
W. Klein, Short Staple Spinning, Vol 1, 3 & 4, Textile Institute Publishers, 1993.
2.
A.R. Khare, Cotton Combing, Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Vekatsubrmani, Spun Yarn Tehcnology, SSM Institute Publications, Komarapalyam, Vol.

III, 2003.
2.
T. K. Pattabhiraman, Essential Facts of Practical Cotton Spinning, Mahajan Publisher,

Ahmedabad, 2005.
3.
K.R.Salhotra, Recent Developments in Yarn Production, Textile Association, Bombay,

1983.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
118
Strem - 1 Elective
STREAM-1 ELECTIVE
16TF351 PRACTICAL ASPECTS IN YARN

FORMATION MACHINERY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
CS
SA
BS
20
10

This course deals with various yarn formation machineries consisting development of ring
frame, rotor, air-jet and other high production spinning machineries. Objective of this course is
to gain expertise in yarn formation technologies.
Course Outcomes:
understand practical aspects of ring frame.
describe rotor, airjet and other spinning systems.

compare various spinning systems in view of production and quality.
understand the need of friction spinning for production of technical yarns.
SKILLS:
Optimise twist level for ring spinning for different blends.
Analyse twist factor and its relation with production.
Identify twist and production for rotor spinning.
Differentiate different spinning systems.
Select yarn formation machineries for a yarn with desired properties.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
119
Stream - 1 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect ring
and rotor yarn
specifications
for denim.
o Derivation for
the twist factor
in Ne and Tex
mode.
o Comparison of
ring, rotor, airjet and friction
yarn properties.
o Analyse ring
spinning
system as it is
major producer
of yarn
formation.
L- 09
RING FRAME : Types of various drafting systems on Ring Frame Drafting elements and their typesSelection of drafting system & elements weighing of drafting rollers- Principle of Twisting Types
of Twists Twist levels and their selection for 100% cotton, P/C, P/V & 100% Synthetics Twist
Factor and its importance Twisting arrangement Observed and calculated twist Twist contraction
-Principles of winding, Types of builds builder motions Labor allotment.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
DEVELOPMENT OF RING FRAME & POST SPINNING : Developments in ring frame Ring data/
ISM(Individual spindle Monitoring), Duoflex, Individual driving system, Auto doffing, Developments
iin ring and traveller, Production calculations, Post spinning operations; Systems of doubling Doubling twist, Two from one twister; Brief note on reeling, bundling and baling machinery and
process for waste spinning.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
ROTOR SPINNING : Limitations of ring spinning principles of open end spinning principles of
rotor spinning opening roller specifications for cotton and synthetics Tangential and radial
feeding back doubling concept - external and internal suction device rotor groove geometry
their influence on design parameters and dimensions of rotor spinning performance doffing tube
and false twist effect take up and package formation auto piecing systems rotor yarn properties
calculation of twist, machine constant and production.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
TWIST-LESS, SELF TWIST & AIR-JET : Twist-less spinning, Tekja process, TNO, TWILO, Self twist
spinning, Repcospinning, Vortex spinning, developments Air-jet / Vortex spinning principle of
formation of wild, core wild, wrapper, wrapper wild fibers machinery details yarn structure and
properties.
UNIT - 5
L- 10
FRICTION, SIRO SPINNING : Introduction frictional forces mechanism of friction spinning

DREF-I, II , III, V, 2000 and 3000. Yarn structures, properties and end uses. Comparison between
Ring, rotor and Air-jet yarns; SIRO SPINNING principle comparison between SIRO yarn and
double yarn. COMPACT SPINNING methods yarn structure and properties.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J. C.W .Lawrence, Technology of Yarn Production, Wood Head Publishers, London, 2000.
2.
P. R. Lord, Cherian Iype, Theory of Yarn Production, Wood Head Publishers, Wales, U.K,
2005.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
W. Klein, NEW SPINNING SYSTEMS, Textile Institute Manchester, 1990.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
120
Strem - 1 Elective
STREAM-1 ELECTIVE
16TF450 MAINTENANCE IN SPINNING
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offers basics of maintenance, various types of maintenances in spinning industry,
inventory management technique, planning of maintenance activities, lubrication and different
tools used in maintanence of spinning machinery . Objective of this course to impart knowledge
and skill required to maintain effective running of machinery with special emphasis to spinning
machinery.
Course Outcomes:
The student should be able to:
know the importance of maintenance activities in spinning machinery
understand the concepts behind the breakdown of machines
describe different types of maintenance activities
compare maintenance activities carried out in spinning
analyse the control of inventory and SQC & Lubrication.
SKILLS:
Set the lubrication schedules in spinning industry.
Design the maintenance schedules of carding, draw frame, simple and ring frame.
Optimise the house keeping procedures.
Trace the causes for accidents and preventive measures.
Analyse machine audit reports.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
121
Stream - 1 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect the
pictures of
machine
breakdown
o Collect
standard
maintencee
schedules from
SITRA, BTRA
o Design
Maintenance
schdules for a
30,000
spindilage
spinning mill.
o Analyse the
components
replacements
schedule.
o Prepare good
house keeping
practices in
different
department
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO MAINTENANCE : Need of maintenance: Introduction, Modes of failure, , Planned

maintenance, Unplanned maintenance, Quality-based maintenance, Role of maintenance
department in spinning mill, Proactive maintenance, Preventive maintenance, Condition-based
monitoring, Benefits of condition-based monitoring, Implementation of condition-based
maintenance.
UNIT - 2
L-09
PLANNING AND SCHEDULING : General principles of planning, Procedure of planning, Scheduling,

Principle of standardization of frequencies and jobs, Principle of cyclic schedule for the maintenance
team Maintenance audit: Introduction, Methodology, Preparation of maintenance audit report. Role
of manpower in maintenance: Introduction, Factors affecting manpower planning, Manpower norms,
Maintenance organization structure, Concept of common gang, Responsibilities at various positions,
Human error in maintenance, Crew size required for various activities in maintenance department.
UNIT - 3
L-09
MAINTENANCE REPAIR INVENTORY AND ITS CONTROL : Inventory, Types of inventory, Inventory
carrying cost, Material and repair inventory, Different methods for controlling the inventory,
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION SYSTEMS : Computer-managed maintenance system, Benefits of
CMMS, Components of CMMS.
SAFETY WHILE MAINTENANCE : Accident, Effects of an accident, Accidents and its related losses,
Cause of accidents, Electrical safety, House keeping, Machine guarding, Safety in shifting material,
Safety while unpacking and cleaning, Precautions for handling machine under maintenance,
Precautions during spinning operation, Safety tags.
UNIT - 4
L-09
LUBRICANTS : Types of lubricants, Functions of lubricant, Liquid lubricants, Semisolid lubricants,

Solid lubricants, Lubricant used in spinning mill, Lubricants handling and storage, Conservation of
lubricants. Belt drives and its maintenance, Flat belt drives, Spindle tape, Flat pulley, V belts, V
pulleys, Timing belts, Steel wire and chain, Steel wire rope, Wire pulley or sheave, Maintenance of
chains.
UNIT - 5
L-09
GEARS : lubrication and its maintenance, Reasons for the failure of gear teeth. Bearing and its
maintenance: Bearing, Types of bearing, Bearing characteristics, Lubrication of bearing.
TOOLS USING IN SPINNING MAINTENANCE : Open-ended spanner, Ring spanner, Torque wrench
sockets, Allen key, Try square, Steel rule, Feeler gauge, Hammers, Soft hammers, Dial gauge, Spirit
level, Vernier caliper, Digital vernier caliper, File, Chisels, Screw driver, Vices, Grinding wheels,
Pliers, Kit for mounting of bearing, Pullers, Drill, Oil cans, Grease gun, Plumb bob, Requirement of
tool for erection, installation and maintenance.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
N, Niijjaawan and R. Niijjaawan, Modern approach to Maintenance in Spinning Woodhead

publishing India in textiles, New Delhi, 2010.
2.
BTRA, Maintenance Manuals for Various Spinning & Weaving Machines, 2nd edition, 1990.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
SITRA, Spinning Machinery Maintenance, 2nd edition, SITRA Publications, 1996.
2.
SITRA, Maintenance Manuals of Different Machinery Manufacturers of Spinning & Weaving

Machines, 2nd edition, SITRA Publications, 1996.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
122
Strem - 2 Elective
STREAM-2 ELECTIVE
16TF251 PRACTICAL ASPECTS IN WEAVING

PREPARATORY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offers practical aspects related to fabric preparatory, which starts from winding
followed by warping, yarn sizing required for fabric manufacturing by the shuttle looms or
shuttle-less looms. Objective of this course is to provide practical exposure required in weaving
preparatory process.
Course Outcomes:
learn importance of weaving preparatory process.
understand practical aspects in weaving preparatory.
analyse each process and its control measures.
SKILLS:
Differentiate between the weaving preparatory machines.
Control the various weaving preparatory machines without any change of quality.
Identify the sized and un-sized yarns.
Optimise the parameters in sizing.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
123
Stream - 2 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
technical
parameters of
winding
machine.
o List out the
requirements
of yarn dyed
packages.
L-09
WINDING : Fundamental aspects of winding, technical aspects of the winding process, technical
features of a drum winding machine, knotting and splicing, yarn clearing, classification of yarn
faults, technological developments in winding, modern automatic cone winding machine, defects
in wound packages, winding of sewing threads, requirements of wound package for dyeing, winding
on a two for one twister for spun yarns.
UNIT - 2
L-09
WARPING : Beam warping, sectional warping machine, modern developments in warping, end
breaks and waste in warping, productivity at warping, quality of warping beams, process control in
warping, causes of low productivity.
UNIT - 3
o Calculate
efficiency of
prepatory
processes.
o Simulate
warping
parameters
and find
efficiency.
o Collect reed,
drop wire,
heald wire
specifications.
L-09
SIZING : Sizing and its importance, sizing ingredients, sizing paste preparation, techniques of
sizing, types of drying, special devices in sizing, control systems in sizing machines, single end
sizing, sizing of synthetic and blended yarns, process control in sizing and sizing faults, modern
developments in sizing, Size pick-up, splitting, factors affecting the size yarn performance,
UNIT - 4
L-09
DRAWING-IN : Principles of various machines, warp tying machine manufacturers, yarn dressing,
fully automatic warp tying machine manufacturers, commonly occurring defects in drawing-in
process, process control in drawing-in; preparation of micro denier yarns, care in use and selection
healds, reeds; drop pins.
UNIT - 5
L-09
QUALITY AND PRODUCTIVITY IN PREPARATORY : Winding: Efficient removal of yarn faults in winding,
Approach to control of productivity, Calculations of efficiency and productivity, Warping: Minimisation
of end breaks in warping, Condition of beam flange,Stop motion and break, Density of beams,
Calculation of efficiency adn productivity.Sizing: Control of yarn stretch - Mechanism and propagation
of stretch, Control of stretch in creel, wet zone and head stock zone, Calculation of efficiency adn
productivity. Care in dressing of the beam for reducing incidence of cross ends and extra ends.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
M. K. Singh, Industrial Practices in Weaving Preparatory, Woodhead publishing India in

Textiles, 2014.
2.
N. Gokarneshan, Weaving Preparation Technology, Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh,

India, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
N.C. Paliwal and P.D.Kimothi, Process and Quality Control in Weaving, ATIRA, 1983.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
124
Strem - 2 Elective
STREAM-2 ELECTIVE
16TF352 PRINCIPLES OF WEAVING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offer primary, secondary and auxiliary motions in weaving, It deals with different
types of shedding mechanisms used in conventional and non-conventional weaving machines. Objective of this course is to provide the knowledge and skill required in shuttle
weaving and retrofit mechanisms.
Course Outcomes:
understand different driving mechanisms for various motions.
compare various shedding mechanisms.
analyse the settings for various mechansims.
describe the need of dobby and jacquard shedding.
SKILLS:
Identify the negative and positive let-off/take-up motion.
Perform pegging of pattern of the dobby lattice.
Optimise various setting in feelers and weft replenishment mechanisms.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
125
Stream - 2 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
technical
parameters of
different
jacquards.
o Practice on
pegging for left
and right
handed dobby
lattices by
using various
designs.
o Calculate
casting-out for
jacquard.
o Compare
conventional
jacquard and
electronic
jacquard.
L-10
MOTIONS IN WEAVING : Primery motions- Shedding, Picking, Beat up; Secondary motions - Types
of Take-Up Motion, anti-crack device, cloth wind-up systems, Let-Off Motions - Types, working of
positive let-off, recent developments,
Auxiliary Motions - Types, working of Warp protector motions (Fast & Loose Reed), Weft stop
motions, warp stop mechanisms, Loom Temples - Types, construction of various types of Loom
Temples and selection. Loom production calculations, control of productivity in loom shed, control
of loom speed, control of loom efficiency, control of loom stops.
UNIT - 2
L-09
DOBBY SHEDDING : Introduction, need, types, selection and classification, Elements of dobby with
respect to position, material of construction and function, Method of Pegging for Right and Left
hand dobby; working of Keighly, Climax, Cam, Paper dobby (brief note on cross border dobby), Pick
finding; Need and methods; Dobby setting - setting of T-Lever, Cylinder and Knives; defects of
dobby woven fabrics and their remedies.
UNIT - 3
L-09
BOX MOTIONS & JACQUARD SHEDDING : Need & Types of box motions, selection Working of 4
X 1 and 4 X 4 box motions, Preparations box motion pattern chain card, Card saving device, Defects
in box motion.
Need, Types & Selection of Jacquard Shedding, Specifications and Classification, Principle of a
Jacquard; Elements of Jacuqard shedding - Position, material of construction and functions Principle
of shed formation and Working of SLJ, DLSC, DLDC & CBJ.
UNIT - 4
L-09
PREPARATIONS TO JACQUARD WEAVING : Harness building, setting of cylinder, griffe and knives,
driving mechanism for cylinder and griffe, Card cradle, Transfer of design on to the point paper and
preparations to Card cutting, Types of card cutting devices, Card less jacquard, Lacing ,Casting
out: Harness tie ups methods to increase figuring capacity (Working of split harness).
UNIT - 5
L-08
WEFT REPLENISHMENT : Weft replenishment the work of the weaver, feelers, feeler position,
types of feelers, single-shuttle automatic bobbin change, bobbin loaders, Loom drives methods
of driving the loom, loom control, fabric inspection - 4 point and 10point grading system. fabric
packaging types.
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
Robinson and Marks, Principles of Weaving, Textile Instt. Manchester, 2004.
2.
K. T. Aswani, Plain Weaving Motions, M/s Mahajan Book Publishers, Ahmedabad, Gujarat,
2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
N. N. Bannerje, T.Banerjee, Weaving Mechanism, New Jute Mills Publications, Calcutta,

Vol I& II, 2002
2.
P. R. Lord and Mohammed, Conversion of Yarn to Fabric, Butterworths Publications,

Manchester, 2000.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
126
Strem - 2 Elective
STREAM-2 ELECTIVE
16TF353 SHUTTLELESS WEAVING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
Course Description & Objective :

This course offer different types of shuttle-less weaving technologies such as projectile, rapier,
jet and multiphase etc., their productivity and quality improvements in view of shuttle weaving.
Objective of this course is to impart necessary skill and knowledge to maitain shuttle-less
looms.
Course Outcomes :
know shuttle-less weaving technologies such as projectile, rapier, Jet and multiphase.
compare their technological developments.
explain the effect on productivity and quality.
SKILLS:
Differentiate technological aspects in between the machines.
Set the technical parameters for given quality.
Design suitability of loom for desired quality.
Calculate the productivity of particular machine with changed parameters.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
127
Stream - 2 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Calculate
production
capacity of
shuttle-less
weaving
machines.
o Collect and
compare
handloom
fabric and
shuttle-less
loom fabrics.
o Collect
technical
specifications
of shuttle-less
weaving
machines.
INTRODUCTION TO SHUTTLE-LESS WEAVING : Introduction - Limitations of shuttle loom with respect

to weaving process, engineering aspects & environmental aspects, Classification of shuttle-less
weaving machines based on the weft insertion rate; selection of looms based on the sorts and
quality required; conditions required for high speed weft insertion; requirements for shuttle-less
weaving in Winding, Warping, Sizing and Post Sizing operations; Selvedges and their requirements
(Different types of selvedges found on modern looms);Techno-economic aspects of modern
weaving; Common types of shedding motions, let-off motions, take-up motions found on modern
looms.
UNIT - 2
o Prepare weave
plan for desired
quality.
L-09
PROJECTILE & RAPIER WEAVING : Projectile Weaving Machine - Weft insertion stages, Projectile
picking concept, picking motion, picking phases, Projectile acceleration & retardation, torsion rod
details, Projectile preparation for picking, selvedge motion, Receiving unit, MIS, pick finding, Multi
color weft insertion, weft stop, warp stop, whip roller, weft brake etc.
RAPIER WEAVING MACHINE: Classification of rapiers, Makes of rapiers; classification - Concept of
Dewas & Gabler rapier systems; Principles of different single & double rapier weft insertion systems
(Drives), their comparison, Study of rapier heads, Details of rapier tape, head, guiding elements,
Gripper openers, cutters, stroke adjustment, Specifications of rapier & head for various applications;
Fabric defects & remedies, weft waste during selvedge formation.
UNIT - 3
o Collection of
various narrow
fabric samples.
L-10
L-10
JET WEAVING : Air Jet weft Insertion - Introduction & history, Classification of air jet weft insertion,
stages of weft insertion, main and relay nozzle designs, configurations, Loom settings, Air supply
& energy consumption, Air flow in nozzles & guide channel, performance of yarns in air jet insertion,
Influence of yarn characteristics on weft insertion, application of air jet weaving, Quality of Air.
WATER JET WEFT INSERTION: Introduction, Design, Requirements, Picking mechanism, weft
insertion elements, loom settings, influence of yarn characteristics, applications of water jet weft
insertion system; features of jet looms, Comparison with air jet.
UNIT - 4
L-08
MULTIPHASE WEAVING : Introduction to Multiphase Weaving, features of modern multiphase

weaving machines e.g. M 8300; Introduction to Circular Weaving; Tri-axial Weaving, Properties &
applications of tri-axial woven fabrics.
UNIT - 5
L-08
NARROW FABRIC WEAVING & LABELS : Technology of Narrow Fabric Weaving - Shuttle looms,
needle looms, warp feed systems from beams, creel, for elastomeric yarns, shedding, weft insertion
systems, take up Applications of narrow fabrics; Manufacture of Labels.
TEXTBOOKS :
1.
Marks A.T.C., Robinson, Principles of Weaving, The Textile Institute, 1976.
2.
M.K. Talukdar, D.B. Ajgaonkar, Weaving Machines, Materials & Methods, Textile Institute,
1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
S.C Adanur, Handbook of Weaving, CRC, Publications, 2008.
2.
A. Ormerod, Modern Preparation & Weaving Machines, Butterworth Publications, 1983.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
128
Strem - 2 Elective
STREAM-2 ELECTIVE
16TF451 MECHANICS OF WEAVING

MACHINES
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
P
-
C
3
L
45
T
-
P
-
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
10
CS
SA
BS
Course Description and Objective:

This course offer mechanics of loom motions, driving mechanisms, design aspects of machinery involved in fabric manufacturing. Objective of this course is to impart knowledge and
skill require in design of fabric forming machinery.
Course outcomes:
The student should be able to:
know different concepts in machine design.
understand different gearing mechanisms.
design Cams and tappets for different applications.
explain terminology and concepts in Humidification systems.
SKILLS:
Calculate the motion in circle for textile applications.
Design a cam for shedding.
Calculate the power for picking.
Optimise picking velocity.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
129
Stream - 2 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Calculate
velocity and
time using
equation of
motion and
motion in a
circle.
Design of cam
for plain and
twill weave.
calculate depth
of warp shed.
Calculate
power for
picking in
shuttle loom.
L-09
INTRODUCTION : Introduction equations of motion motion in a circle transmission of motion

by wheel gearing Belt drives Flat and V-belts comparison; belt slippage, effect of belt thickness,
effect of initial tension, effect of centrifugal force, horsepower transmitted, rope and chain drives,
brief note on fast and loose pulley, jockey or rider pulley, grooved pulleys etc.
UNIT - 2
L-09
WINDING & SHEDDING : Mechanics of yarn winding study on breaks and clutches Applications
of clutch and break in textile production; kinetics of shedding, Power for picking, picking as an
elastic mechanism and beat up: eccentricity of slay , derivation for e, displacement, velocity and
acceleration of slay;
UNIT - 3
L-09
PICKING : Analysis of shuttle movement in weaving machine; Kinetics of shuttle picking

introduction, shuttle acceleration, elastic properties of picking mechanism, intial and average shuttle
speed during traverse, factors affecting initial shuttle speed, shuttle checking, rate of weft insertion,
bumping condition.
UNIT - 4
L-09
CAMS : Introduction, methods of driving cams, cam followers, types of cams and followers,
construction of cams and tappets heart shaped, plain, twill tappets derivation to show that the
frictional force F is directly Proportional to the distance of weight from the fulcrum in negative let off
motion; Calculation of depth of shed, healed movement, geometry of warp shed.
UNIT - 5
L-09
LOOM DRIVES & HUMIDIFICATION : Loom tappet drives introduction, different types of drives,
drive without idler wheels, movement of hooks, knives and warp threads in jacquard shedding,
Backrest mechanisms angular velocity of warp beam.
HUMIDIFICATION IN TEXTILE MILLS : Need for humidification in Textile Mills, Ambient conditions
required in various departments of a textile mill, Psychometric - definition, use of psychometric
charts, various psychometric processes like cooling, heating, humidification, dehumidification,
etc.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
N. Gokerneshan, Mechanics and Calculations of Textile Machinery, Woodhead Publishing

India Pvt Ltd, 2013.
2.
K. Slater, Textile Mechanics, Vol I & II, Ellis Horwood Limited, New York, 1978.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
W.A.Hanton, Mechanisms of Textile Machinery, Ellis Horwood Limited, London 1976.
2.
Sengupta, Weaving Calculations, Mahajan Publishers, Ahemdabad, 1976.
3.
P .Grosberg, Textile Mechanics, T oranto Publishers, New Y ork, 1976
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
130
Strem - 3 Elective
STREAM-3 ELECTIVE
16TF252 HAND KNITTING AND FLAT KNITTING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
15
Course Description & Objective:

This course offer fundamental knowledge about basic techniques in formation of stitch by
hand knitting, stitch formation for the different part of a garment as well as knit formation by
means of flat knitting and structures.Objective of this course is to provide fundamental concepts
of hand knitting and flat knitting.
Course outcomes :
know formation of basic stitch.
describe the details for knits used for ribbing, edges and neckline.
perform the finishing and techniques required at fabric edge or joint.
understand basic principles of flat knitting.
SKILLS:
Differentiate various stitches made through hand knitting
Identify basic tools and yarn requirement for a specific style.
Modify and design the fabric by selecting an appropriate stitch.
Set a cam of flat knitting machine as per knits.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
131
Stream - 3 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITY:
Perform hand
knitting for
making fabric
by basic and
special knits.
Collect
various
threads and
needles used
in hand
knitting
Design a
round and
square collar
by hand
knitting.
Design
pocket and
button holes
using hand
knitting.
Fabricate a
shawl using at
least two stitch
length at flat
knitting.
L- 09
Introduction, Needles and Tools, Yarns, Caring of Finished knits, Basic Techniques: Casting On,
Casting On in Kichener Rib, Selvedges, Knit and Purl, Basic pattern and Color changes, Decreasing,
Increasing, Binding Off, Binding Off in Kitchener Rib, Gauge.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
Perfect Details: Bands, Hems, Ribbing, Knit-on Facing, Knit-in facing, Seam-on facing, crocheted
Edges, Necklines: Round and Square, V-necks, Polo Collars, Shawl Collars, Pocket, Button holes,
Zippers.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
Finishing: Invisible Seams to join Selvedges, Sewing in sleeves, starting and Finishing Yarn ends,
Blocking works.
Special Techniques: Shaker Knitting, cable Pattern, Jaquard Pattern, Embossing, Reversible pattern.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
Measurement and Pattern, Converting pattern, Pattern Charts, Basic Patterns: Sweaters, socks,
Gloves and Mittens.
Hand knitting to knitting frame: The principles of hand knitting using two pins, invention of the
stocking hand frame, principles of frame knitting, The evolution of other weft knitting machines.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
Flat knitting, basic principles and structures: History, The two types of flat machine, Flat machine
gauges, Conversion from Cottons Patent to V-bed gauge, Knitting widths, Yarn counts, Simple
hand-manipulated V-bed rib flat machines, Stitch cam settings, Spring-loaded cams, Two or more
cam systems, Split cam-carriages, Direct and indirect yarn feed, Yarn carrier arrangement, Typical
structures knitted on flat machines.
TEXT BOOK :
1.
J. Katharina Buss, Big Book of Knitting, Sterling Publishing Company, 1999.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
D. J. Spencer, Knitting Technology, 2nd edition, Wood Head Publishing Company, England,
2008.
2.
W. B .Azagoankar, Knitting Technology, 5th edition, Mahajan Textile Publishers, 2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
132
Strem - 3 Elective
STREAM-3 ELECTIVE
16TF354 CIRCULAR KNITTING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offer indepth knowledge of main components required for circular knitting machine,
its technical evolution, drives, control and monitoring systems with knitting cycles for some
special cases. Objective of this course is to provide an expertise in circular knitting technology.
Course Outcomes:
describe circular knitting machine classification
know role of circular knitting machine components.
understand the drives and control system of circular knitting machine.
explain knitting formation cycles for jersey, terry and fleece knitting machines.
differentiae the plain, rib and interlock knitting machines.
SKILLS:
Identify different components used in circular knittingmachine
Select the correct components for different fabric specifications
Optimise settings in circular knitting machines
Diifferentiate single and double bed cylinders
Analyse the drive system used ofr circular kniting machine
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
133
Stream - 3 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITY:
o
Determine
needle gauge
for a given
stitch density
of plain
knitted fabric
Compare the
effect of
tension level
on stitch
length
Draw cam
design for
skip, float,
tuck stitches.
L- 09
INTRODUCTION: Classification Criteria, Classification by Diameter, Classification by Number of

Needle-beds, Basic Structure of a Large-diameter Circular Knitting Machine, The Yarn Feeding
System, The Spool Holder, Yarn Feeders, The Thread Guide, Stitch Formation Motions, The Main
Components of a Single-bed Machine.
UNIT - 2
L-09
MOTIONS: The Main Components of a Double-bed Machine, The Technical Evolution, Selection
Systems, Selection by means of Needles with Multilevel Butts, Jacquard Selection, Mechanical
Jacquard Selection System, Electronic Jacquard Selection System, Take-down and Winding Motions,
Take-down Motion, Winding Motion.
UNIT - 3
L-09
DRIVES: Drives, Control and Monitoring Systems, Ancillary Systems, Lubrication System, Suction
and Blowing Systems, Safety Systems, Large-diameter Circular Knitting Machines, Single-bed
Circular Knitting Machines, Stitch Formation Cycle on Single-bed Knitting Machines, Jersey Knitting
Machines, Terry Knitting Machines, Fleece Knitting Machines.
UNIT - 4
L-09
Analyse
recent
developments
in circular
knitting.
MACHINE TYPES: Double-bed Circular Knitting Machines, Dial-cylinder Knitting Machines, Stitch
Formation on Dial-cylinder Knitting Machines, Rib-stitch Machines, Interlock Machines, Variable
Needle-bed Machines, Double-cylinder Machines Stitch Formation and Needle Transfer.
Collect
technical
specifications
by visiting a
knitting unit.
SPECIAL KNITTING MACHINES: Medium-diameter Knitting Machines, Medium-diameter Clothmanufacturing Machines, Body size / Seam less wear Machines, Small-diameter Circular Knitting
Machines, Single-cylinder Machines, Single-cylinder Machines with Needles in the Dial (Rib Stitch),
Double-cylinder Machines, Full-fashioned Knitting Machines, Loop-wheel Circular Knitting Machines.
UNIT - 5
L-09
TEXT BOOK :
1.
2008.
REFERENCE BOOK :
1.
W. B. Azagoankar, Knitting Technology, 5th edition, Mahajan Textile Publishers, 2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
134
Strem - 3 Elective
STREAM-3 ELECTIVE
16TF355 WARP KNITTING
Hours Per Week :

L
P
-
Total Hours :
C
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offer basic knowledge of knitting component in formation of stitch for warp knitting
machine, principles of loop formation, warp knit structure formation by single bar and multiple
bar machine. Objective of this course is to provide detail knowledge in the field of warp knitting
technology.
Course Outcomes :
classify the warp knitting machines based on different criteria.
compare Raschel and Tricot warp knitting machines.
analyse rules governing for one and two guide bar structures.
understand the principles of loop formations for a warp knitting.
describe the formation of popular warp knit structures.
SKILLS:
Select the warp knitting machine out of Tricot and Raschel and other based on
structure, application and productivity.
Select basic knitting elements for a specific fabric.
Set a pattern wheel as per required guide bar movement.
Draw the basic lapping diagrams for simple and complex structures.
Draw a fabric structure for lapping diagram.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
135
Stream - 3 Elective
UNIT - 1
L- 09
ACTIVITIES:
INTRODUCTION: Classification of warp knitting, comparison between warp and weft knitting.
Analyse warp
knitted fabric
like seat
cover/ nets.
WARP KNITTING MACHINES Types of warp knitting machines, comparison between Tricot and
Raschel type warp knitting, line diagram of different elements and zones of warp knitting machine,
knitting zones of Tricot and Raschel type warp knitting machines, Characteristics of tricot and
Raschel machines.
Collect
various warp
knitted
fabrics.
UNIT - 2
Design and
construct
single and
double bar
warp knit
fabric through
hand knitting
Calculate
Run-in ratio of
given warp
knitted fabric.
identify the
ares where
warp knitted
fabrics can be
used.
L- 09
KNITTING ELEMENTS : Brief introduction to Needles and needle bar, Pressure bar, latch guard or
wire, sinkers and sinker bars, guides and guide bars, tricale plate and pattern wheel and chain
links. Warp beam preparation for warp knitting.
PRINCIPLES OF LOOP FORMATION IN WARP KNITTING: Needle bar movement, guide bar movement,
Lapping diagram. Tricot machine knitting cycle with bearded needle, Raschel machine knitting
cycle with latch needle.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
Compound needle Warp knitting machines, The Crochet Machine, Fabric Take down, warp let-off.
LAYING-IN IN WARP KNITTING: General rules governing laying-in in warp knitting, Fall plate
patterning, Full width weft insertion, cut pressure and miss press structures. Patterning mechanism,
pattern wheel, pattern chain. Displacement of various knitting elements during loop formation.
SINGLE NEEDLE BAR STRUCTURES: a compound lapping movement composed of two separately
derived motions.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
Rules governing two guide bar structures. Two needle bed Basic Lapping Principles, The Simplex
Machine, Double Needle Bar Raschel Products, Knitting Tubular Articles, Pile Fabrics
MULTI- GUIDE BAR MACHINES AND FABRICS: Lace, Curtain-Net and Elastic Fabrics , Pattern Guide
Bars, Nesting, Multi-Bar Tricot Lace Machines, Chain Links and Electronic Control of Shogging,
Mesh Structures, Elasticized Fabrics, Jacquard Raschels.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
WARP KNITTED STITCHES AND STRUCTURES: Five basic Overlap/ Underlap variations, Direction
of lapping at successive courses, Pillar stitch, Balanced advance and return lapping in two courses,
Atlas lapping. Types of stitches and structures, laying-in, Co-We- Nit, , Milanese fabric and machines,
Multi axial knitting.
POPULAR WARP KNIT STRUCTURES: Lock knit, shark skin, Queens cord, Velour or velvet, Double
atlas. Warp knitted nets, common products of warp knitting machines.
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
D. J. Spencer, Knitting Technology, 2nd edition,Wood Head Publishing Company, 2008.
2.
S. C. Ray, Fundamentals and Advances in Knitting Technology, 1st edition, Wood Head
Publishing India in Textiles, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
WB.Azagoankar, Knitting Technology, 5th edition, Mahajan Textile Publishers, 2006.
2.
N.Anbumani, Knitting fundamentals, machines, structures and developments, Newage

International, 2007
3.
Smerifit, Warp Knitting, 2nd edition, Marrow Publishers, 2000.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
136
Strem - 3 Elective
STREAM-3 ELECTIVE
16TF452 ADVANCEMENT IN KNITTING

TECHNOLOGY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offers advance knowledge in circular knitting, warp and weft knitted fabric production
with newly developed constructions, as well as knitted fabric composites and case studies on
advanced knitted products. Objective of this course is to provide basis for acquiring expertise in
knitting technology.
Course Outcomes :
classify the knitting machines based on different criteria.
learn the advancement in warp and weft knitting machines.
understand the principles of knitted fabric composites.
describe the applications of advance knitted fabrics.
SKILLS:
Select the knitting machine out of commercially available machines based on

structure, application and productivity.
Perform modification to be made in circular knitting machine based on structure.
Perform modification in tricot and raschel knitting machine for newly developed
construction.
Identify the intelligent yarn delivery system in weft knitting.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
137
Stream - 3 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
Analysis of
newly
developed
knitted
constructions
with spandex
Case study on
techno
economic
study on
advanced
warp knitting .
Design of
warp knitted
structure for
moisture
management.
Collect
specifications
for spandex,
Americana
and modified
Americana
tricots.
Simulation for
knitted fabric
composites.
L- 09
ADVANCES IN CIRCULAR KNITTING: Introduction, Hosiery knitting technology Current problems

and limitations of circular knitted structures, Recent advances in circular knitting: Santoni seamless
knitting technology, Ultra fine gauge knitting machine, Loop transfer technology in circular knitting
machines, Pile and sliver insertion mechanism in circular knitting, Structure and properties of
circular knitted fabrics , Applications: Seamless knitted garments, Electro textiles, Automotive textiles,
Orthopedic applications, Future trends: smart garments.
UNIT - 2
L-09
ADVANCES IN WARP KNITTED FABRIC PRODUCTION: Introduction, Commercial warp knit machines,
Types of warp knit machine, Delaware stitch and modified Delaware stitch tricot fabrics, Tricot and
Raschel containing spandex, Key Raschel fabrics containing spandex, Newly developed
constructions with spandex, Americana and modified Americana tricots.
SURFACE INTEREST FABRICS : Crpe Tricot, key elements for developing good crpe, Crepeset,
Knit-de-knit crpe, Milanese fabrics : Milanese structure, Types of Milanese machine.
UNIT - 3
L-09
WEFT-KNITTED STRUCTURES FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Introduction, Current problems

and limitations, Knitting 3D structures using weft-knitting ,Directionally oriented structures (DOS)
and combined DOS weft-knitted , Weft-knitted multifunctional structures, Simulating mechanical
properties of weft-knitted structures, Applications.
INTELLIGENT YARN DELIVERY SYSTEMS IN WEFT KNITTING: Introduction, Theory of yarn delivery in
brief, Stitch forming zone on weft-knitting machine, Yarn robbing-back in knitting, Passive yarn
delivery systems, Feeders with yarn length control (positive feeders), Yarn storage and delivery
systems on circular knitting machines, Outline of yarn feeding on a circular knitting machine,
UNIT - 4
L-09
KNITTED FABRIC COMPOSITES: Introduction; Types of fibre and yarn used in knitted fabric
Composites, Composite, Knit structures for fabric composites, Types of matrix materials,
Developments in manufacturing methods for knitted fabric composites, Mechanical properties
Applications.
CASE STUDIES: advanced knitted products Womens apparel: knitted underwear Introduction,
Functional requirements of knitted underwear, Performance evaluation of knitted underwear,
Engineering of knitted underwear fabrics.
UNIT - 5
L-09
KNITTED STRUCTURES FOR SOUND ABSORPTION: Introduction, Acoustic textiles in vehicles, Sound
absorption of plain knitted structures, Engineering advanced knitted fabrics for sound absorption,
Thick spacer structures, Dense spacer structures .
WEFT-KNITTED STRUCTURES FOR MOISTURE MANAGEMENT: Introduction, Basics of wetting,
Wicking and absorption, Experimental liquid take-up, Future.
TEXT BOOK :
1.
K. F. AU, Advances in Knitting Technology, Woodhead Publishing Limited, 1st edition,

2011.
REFERENCES :
1.
W. B. Azagoankar, Knitting Technology, Mahajan Textile Publishers, 5th edition, 2006.
2.
2008
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
138
Strem - 4 Elective
STREAM-4 ELECTIVE
16TF253 DYES AND PIGMENT
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
P
-
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offer fundamental concepts in elements of dyeing onto various fibers and its
bonding with different classes of dyes through understanding chemistry of dyes and pigments
for cotton, silk, wool, polyester, nylon and other major fibers. Objective of this course is to
provide fundamental knowledge and skill related to application of dyes and pigments on to
textile materials.
Course Outcomes :
know the basic difference between dye and pigment.
compare the concept of dyeing using dyes and pigments.
explain different methods of dyeing with different classes of dyes.
understand developments in different classes of dyes.
SKILLS:
Differentiate dye and pigment.
Identify the relationship between color & chemical constitution.
Analyse relationship between chemical structure & fastness properties.
Dye the given fabric with different classes of suitable dyes.
Analyse the dyeing parameters for correct shade.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
139
Stream - 4 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Perform dyeing
of different
fabrics with
dyes and
pigments.
o Analyse
chemical
structure after
dyeing the
fabric.
o Prepare a
flowchart of
different
classes of dyes
and its
chemical
composition.
o Collect
different trade
names of dyes
from dye
manufacturers.
L- 08
INTRODUCTION OF DYE : Introduction to synthetic dyes. Classification of dyes - according to the

method of application, according to the chemical structure. Definition of dye & pigment, Color index
and its significance, Nomenclature of dyestuffs.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
PIGMENTS & THEIR CLASSIFICATIONS BASED ON COLOR : Pigments & their classifications based
on chemical structure, aspects of chemical structure of dyestuff - Factors governing absorption of
light, Relationship between color & chemical constitution, Relationship between chemical structure
& substantively, Relationship between chemical structure & fastness properties.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
ELEMENTS OF DYEING : Concept of-% Shade, Affinity and substantively of dyes, Liquor ratio, pH,
Solubility, Dissolution of dyes, Exhausting agents, Retarding agents, Aggregates of dyes,
Equilibrium factor, Time of dyeing, Temp of dyeing, Compatibility of dyes in combination shades, %
Exhaustion, % Expression.
UNIT - 4
L- 10
DYES : Direct dye - Classification & general method of dyeing, Fastness properties of direct dyed
goods. Reactive dye - Classification of dyes and general methods of dyeing, Fastness properties
of reactive dyed goods. Vat dyes - Classification vat dyes, Various steps involved in vat dyeing,
Fastness properties of vat dyed goods. Sulphur dyes - Classification of sulphur dyes, General
Method of dyeing, Fastness properties. Acid dye - Classification & mechanism of dyeing of Nylon
with acid dye, Fastness properties of acid dyed material.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
BASIC DYE : General method of Dyeing of acrylics, nylon & cotton with basic dye, Fastness properties
of basic dyed goods. Disperse dye - General methods of Dyeing with disperse dye, Fastness
properties of disperse dyed goods. Developments in dyes- Chlorine based homo functional and
bi-functional reactive dyes, Fluorine based reactive dyes. Concept of - Fluorescent dyes, Thermo
chromic dyes, Photo chromic dyes, Antimicrobial dyes. Antimicrobial pigments, Air dyes.
TEXT BOOK :
1.
C V Koushik, Chemical Processing of Textiles, NCUTE Publications, 2003.
2.
V.A. Shenai Chemistry of Dyes and Principles of Dyeing Vol- 1, Sevak Publications,
2004.
REFERENCE BOOK :
1.
E.R.Trotman, Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres, 3rd edition, Griffin
Publications, SBT Bomboy, Ahmedabad, 1992.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
140
Strem - 4 Elective
STREAM-4 ELECTIVE
16TF356 DYEING AND PRINTING

MACHINERY
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
16
40
CS
SA
BS
10

This course offer concepts in machineries required for dyeing of fibers, yarns and fabrics as
well as machinery components required to print the fabrics like screen, flat bed, roller, rotary
and ink jet or digital printing. Objective of this course is to provide knwledge and skill required
to impart fundamental concepts of dyeing and printing machinery.
Course Outcomes :
understand principles of dyeing machines.
compare principles of dyeing of fibers, yarns and fabric using different machines.
analyse different machines available for printing of fabrics.
know recent advancements in dyeing and printing machines.
SKILLS:
Differentiate the principles of dyeing
Identify suitable machines for fibers, yarn and fabric dyeing.
Print the different fabrics with suitable style of printing.
Optimise various machine parameters that influence dye and print quality.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
141
Stream - 4 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect of
Different
dyeing
machines and
its technical
aspects
o Identify of type
of print on a
given fabric or
garment
o Compare
dyeing
performace of
diffferent
machines
o Analyse the
package
requirement for
cone dyeing
o Collect of
different
printing
machines
technical
aspects.
L-08
DYEING MACHINES : Preparation of cotton fabric for dyeing, Principles of dyeing machine
constructions, fiber dyeing machine loose stock dyeing machine. yarn dyeing machine hank
yarn dyeing machine, package dyeing machine.
UNIT 2
L-09
FABRIC DYEING : Fabric dyeing machine Jigger Dyeing machine, High temperature Jigger dyeing
machine. winch dyeing machine conventional winch, high temperature winch, high temperature
winch with circulating liquor HTHP Beam dyeing machine, Padding mangle, Jet dyeing machine,
Soft overflow jet dyeing machine.
UNIT 3
L-09
BEAKER DYEING MACHINE : Textile Dyeing Machines, Multi Nozzle Soft Flow Economical Dyeing
Machine, IR Beaker Dyeing Machine, HTHP Beaker Dyeing Machine, U Type Fabric Dyeing Machine,
Industrial Basket, Arm Dyeing machine, electrochemical dyeing, use of ultrasonic in dyeing
(sonicator).Dyeing of blends, problems and solutions. Single bath and two bath methods, reuse of
dye bath.
UNIT - 4
L-10
PRINTING MACHINES: Preparation of cotton fabric for printing, Table screen printing - Technical
features of table, Technical features of printing on table, Faults of table screen printing, their causes
and remedies. Flat bed screen printing - Features of flat bed screen printing m/c. and its various
parts, Technical features of printing with flat bed printing m/c, Flat bed screen printing m/c. for
garments, Faults of flat bed screen printing m/c. their causes and remedies. Recent developments
in flat bed screen printing m/cs.
UNIT 5
L-09
ROLLER PRINTING MACHINE: Features of roller printing m/c and its various parts, Technical features,
defects and its remedial measures. Rotary screen printing m/c - Features of rotary screen printing
m/c. and its various parts, Squeezee system, Technical features of rotary printing m/c, Faults of
rotary screen printing m/c. causes and remedies. Inkjet / Digital printing - Basic principles,
Mechanism of printing, Requirement of ink. Recent developments in rotary screen printing m/cs.
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
C V Koushik, Chemical Processing of Textiles, NCUTE Publications, 2003.
2.
A J Hall, Textile Bleaching, Dyeing, Printing and Finishing Machineries, Van Nostrand
Company, Printed 1996.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
A K Choudhury, Textile Preparation and Dyeing Science Publishers, 2006.
2.
V. A. Shenai, Technology of Mercerising, Mahajan Books Publishers, Gujarat, 1997.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
142
Strem - 4 Elective
STREAM-4 ELECTIVE
16TF357 ECO-FRIENDLY WET

PROCESSING
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
P
-
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offer importance of ecofriendy processing of textile goods, various developments
in the field of textile wet processing with special emphasis on eco friendly dyeing and finishing. Objective of this course is to impart fundamental concepts of eco friendly grey fabric
preparation, dyeing and finishing.
Course Outcomes:
know the importance of eco friendly grey preparation for processing.
compare process modification in pretreatments.
explain developments in ecofriendly dyeing and finishing.
understand role of nano-technology and plasma technology in textiles.
SKILLS:
Select suitable eco friendly treatment for grey fabric.
Optimise eco friendly processes in dyeing for the selected fibers.
Differentiate ecofriendly process and conventional processing.
Selection of modified chemicals for finishing.
Find suitable applications of nano and plasma technology.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
143
Stream - 4 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Analyze
different eco
friendly
processed
fabrics.
o Identify various
areas where
eco friendly
process
followed.
o Analyse GOTS
standards for
dyeing, printing
and finishing
o Calculate
pollution load
on the ETP by
ecofriendly
processing.
o Prepare techno
economic
study of eco
friendly
processing.
L - 08
USE OF BIOTECHNOLOGY IN PRETREATMENTS : Biotechnology, significance of bio technology,

Different applications of biotechnology, Combined bio-scouring and bleaching of cotton fibers,
enzymatic degumming, enzymatic bleaching, nano- biotechnology.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
PROCESS MODIFICATIONS IN PRETREATMENTS : Developments in singeing, desizing and its ecoaspects, bleaching and its eco aspects, Eco-friendly per acetic acid bleaching, Eco-friendly retting
of Jute, Redox H2O2 bleaching, Concept of Eco-friendly stabilizers for H2O2 bleaching, Combined
operations like desizing, scouring, bleaching, solvent scouring, Hot mercerization, add-on
mercerization and ammonia treatment.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
DEVELOPMENTS IN DYES AND DYEING TECHNIQUES : Eco-friendly dyeing with sulphur & vat dyes.
New developments in reactive dyes like HF dyes, low and no salt reactive dyes, multifunctional
dyes, neutral fixing and acid fixing reactive dyes, Photo chromic dyes, thermo chromic dyes,
fluorescent dyes. Super critical CO2 dyeing, Ultrasound in dyeing, Low temperature dyeing.
UNIT - 4
L- 10
DEVELOPMENT IN FINISHING : Various Low liquor and minimum application techniques in textile
finishing, their advantages and limitations. wrinkle free finishing concept of wet and moist cross
linking. various eco-friendly resin finishes, Concept of UV-A and UV-B, factors affecting UV protection,
Various UV- protection finishes and their evaluation. Antimicrobial finishes mode of action, factors
affecting, various antimicrobial finishes.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
APPLICATION OF NANOTECHNOLOGY IN TEXTILES : Nano finishes - Super hydrophobicity and

lotus effect, self cleaning, UV protection finish, Antimicrobial finishes. Application of Plasma in
Textiles - Concept, types of plasma and their generation, Plasma treatment of textile for water and
oil repellency, Interfacial engineering of functional textiles for biomedical applications, plasma
modification of wool, plasma modification of natural cellulosic fibers.
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
R M Christie, Environmental Aspects of Textile Dyeing, Woodhead Publishing Limited,

2011.
2.
S R Eklahare, Eco friendly chemical processing of textiles and environment management,

Green engineering company, 2001
REFERENCE BOOK :
1.
Blackburn, Biodegradable and Sustainable Fibres, Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2005.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
144
Strem - 4 Elective
STREAM-4 ELECTIVE
16TF453 FUNCTIONAL FINISHES
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS

This course offer basic knowledge on different types of finishes given to various fibers based
on the end use, Special Finishes and Recent Advancements in finishing of textile materials.
Objective of this course is to provide fundamental concepts of functional finishes and its
importance.
Course Outcomes:
know importance of functional finishes.
describe various types of finishes given to the different types of fibers.
understand about the special finishes given different fabrics.
analyse recent advancements in finishing.
SKILLS:
Analyse the performance characteristics upon finishing.
Identify suitable finish to the particular end use of fabric.
Differentiate various special finishes available for the fabrics.
Identify advancements in functional finishes.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
145
Stream - 4 Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Collect
different types
of finished
fabrics in
regular usage
o List out
Temporary nad
permanent
finishes.
o Compare
fabric
properties
before and
after softner
finishing.
o List out
chemicals
used for
different
finishes for
specific fibers.
o Collect the
trade names
and application
methods of
chemicals
used for
Fininshing.
L- 09
REPELLENCY & RESIN FINISH : Wetting and Wicking; surface energy concept, measurement and
relevance to repellency; repellents applied to textile substrates; repellency tests; application of
repellents by impregnation, coating and surface modification techniques. Resin Finishing Mechanism of creasing and resin finishing, concept of Anti crease, wash-n-wear and Durable
Press, Eco-friendly cross linking agents, Evaluation of Resin Finishing.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
SOFTENERS AND HAND BUILDERS : Desirable properties and various classes of softeners,
Properties, mode of action and application of cationic, anionic, Non-ionic, reactive and emulsion
type softeners. Softeners for cotton, wool, silk, jute, polyester and acrylic. Comparison of various
softeners, Classification of stiffeners, examples and their application.
UNIT- 3
L- 09
ANTIMICROBIAL FINISHES : Object, requirements, types of anti microbial finishing. Mechanism of

antimicrobial finishing. Desirable properties of a good anti microbial finishes, various antimicrobial
finishes for cotton, wool, silk, PET, Nylon and Acrylic, Mildew-proof and rot proof finishing, Evaluation
of antimicrobial finishes.
UNIT - 4
L- 10
ANTI-PILLING & SOIL RELEASE FINISHING : Causes of pill formation, Factors affecting pilling
tendency, various physical and chemical methods to reduce pilling, Evaluation of efficiency of anti
pilling finishing. Soil Release Finishing - Type of soils, mechanism of soil impingement and soil
retention, Mechanism of soil release, Soil release finishing of synthetics & its blends, Evaluation of
soil release finishing
UNIT - 5
L- 08
SPECIAL FINISHES AND RECENT ADVANCES : Flame proofing, Silk like polyester, Antistatic finishes.
Finishing of micro denier polyester goods. Recent developments in finishing like nano-finishes,
micro-encapsulation, UV protection Introduction to finishing of technical textiles.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
W. D. Schindler and P J Hauser, Chemical finishing of textiles Woodhead Publishing Ltd,

Cambridge, UK, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
146
Individual Elective
INDIVIDUAL ELECTIVE
16TF358 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN

TEXTILES
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course is aimed at offering applications of computers in textiles. It starts with introduction
to computers, computer aided design and computer integrated manufacturing. Then it
introduces the applications of computers in various fields of textiles. It also includes the
introduction to .net and ERP with applications to textiles. As an applied course, it forms the
basis to give essential skill required for a modern textile mills.
Course Outcomes:
understand fundamental of Computer Aided Design.
understand application of computer in manmade fibre manufacturing.
understand application of computer in spinning.
understand application of computer in weaving.
understand application of chemical processing and garment production management.
describe applications of .net and ERP specific to textiles.
SKILLS:
Make a fabric structure design using textile CAD software.
Optimize the cotton mixing using programming.
Make spin plan and weaving plan using computer.
Develop design for dobby and jacquard using textile CAD.
Drape a apparel using fashion CAD.
Create small application to textile using .Net.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
147
Individual Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Creating of
spin plan for
small spinning
mill in excel.
o Creating a
weaving plan
for a loom shed
running 8
looms.
o Finding out
optimized
proportions of
cotton verities
using LPP for a
mixing.
o Designing a
weave pattern
for a small
motif using
textile CAD.
L- 09
DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY FOR YARN, FABRIC STRUCTURE AND APPEARANCE ANALYSIS : Introduction,
Measurement of yarn evenness, Analysis of yarn hairiness, Measurement of yarn twist, Recognition
of yarn snarl, Analysis of yarn blend, Grading of yarn appearance, Future trends, digital system for
weave pattern recognition, Theoretical background for weave pattern analysis, Methodology for
active grid model (AGM) construction and weave pattern extraction.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
COMPUTER VISION-BASED FABRIC DEFECT ANALYSIS AND MEASUREMENT: Fabric inspection for
quality assurance, Fabric defect detection methods, Fabric defect classification, Fabric properties
and color measurement using image analysis.
MODELING AND SIMULATION TECHNIQUES FOR GARMENTS: Model development, Computer
graphics techniques for garment structure and appearance, Rendering of garment appearance
and model demonstration for garments, Considerations for real-time applications, Advanced
modeling techniques, Future developments in simulating garment materials.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
HUMAN INTERACTION WITH COMPUTERS AND ITS USE IN THE TEXTILE APPAREL INDUSTRY:
Principles of human computer interaction (HCI), Methods for improving human interaction with
computers for textile purposes.
COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY FROM A TEXTILE DESIGNERS PERSPECTIVE: Role of computer
technology in textile design, Main computer technologies in textile design, Benefits and limitations
of computers for textile design, Future trends.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
DIGITAL PRINTING TECHNOLOGY FOR TEXTILES AND APPAREL: Review of digital printing technology,
Global developments in digital printing technology, Colour technology and colour management,
Three stages of computing for digital printing.
THREE-DIMENSIONAL (3D) TECHNOLOGIES FOR APPAREL AND TEXTILE DESIGN: Applications of
three-dimensional (3D) human body modeling, Technologies of human body modeling in threedimensions (3D), Development of the body surface, Animation, Generic vs individualized body
models, Virtual try-on technologies.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
INTEGRATED DIGITAL PROCESSES FOR DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF APPAREL: Conventional

design, development and production processes for apparel, Simultaneous design of textile and
garment utilizing digital technology, Integrated processes in practice, Role of computer-aided design
(CAD) and visualization technologies in integrated textile product design, The future of integrated
digital apparel design and development processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Jinlian Hu, Computer Technology for Textiles and Apparels, Woodhead Publications,
2011.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
All India Seminars by Institution of Engineers, Coimbatore Center, 1983.
2.
Computers in World of Textiles Vol - 6, Textile Institute, 2002.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
148
Individual Elective
INDIVIDUAL ELECTIVE
16TF359 LEAN AND SIX SIGMA IN

TEXTILES AND APPARELS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offer introduction to the tools and techniques required for total quality management, basics of six sigma and lean, use of six sigma and evolution of integrated lean six
sigma with case study to textile industry. Objective of this couse is to impart knowledge and
skill required for assessment of key parameters and quality control in textile industries.
Course Outcomes:
know quality related terminology.
describe computing of statistical quality control tools.
understand the problem solving strategy and benchmarking.
compare lean and 6sigma strategies.
explain L6QMS 2008 model.
SKILLS:
Analyze the results using total quality management tools.
Optimize the robust design parameters using Taguchi method.
Apply the lean strategies to textile manufacturing.
Draw and analyze the process control chart at certain confidence level.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
149
Individual Elective
UNIT - 1
L- 10
ACTIVITIES:
o Analyse results
of spinning mill
using total
quality
management
tools.
o Apply Taguchi
for optimization
on small
experiment.
o Case study of
application of
L6QMS 2008
model in textile
industry
o Calculation of
Cpk based on
results for a
spinning mill.
INTRODUCTION: Definitions: quality, quality control, quality planning, quality assurance, quality
management, Total Quality Management (TQM) as per ISO 8402 - Overview on TQM. The TQM
axioms-Commitment, Scientific knowledge, Involvement and consequences of total quality.
TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES IN TQM: Statistical Quality Control process capability and performance.
Seven quality improvement tools. Taguchi method
UNIT - 2
L- 09
BASICS OF SIX SIGMA : The Basics of Six Sigma: The Problem Solving Strategy Y = f(x), Critical to
Quality Characteristics (CTQs) Cost of Poor Quality (COPQ) Pareto Analysis (80:20 rule) steps to
six sigma. Quality circles. Benchmarking types. Quality Function Deployment (QFD). 5 S concept.
Applications in Textiles in Apparel industries.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
LEAN : Essentials of Lean (6s) Strategies, Background, Statistical Theory of Lean (6s). Strategies,
Normal and standard normal distribution, Lean Six Sigma and Principles: Elements of Lean
Performance Measurements, Mathematical Modeling of Lean Six Sigma Relations. Creation of Six
Sigma Infrastructure.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
USE OF SIX SIGMA : Road Map to Lean (6s) Continuous Improvement: Continuous Improvement.
Engineering, Definition and Measurement: Phase 0 and Phase 1, Evaluation of Existing Process
Sigma/Baseline Sigma, Data Analysis, Optimization and Improvement, Evaluation of New Sigma,
Process Control.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
EVOLUTION OF INTEGRATED LEAN SIX SIGMA : Evolution of integrated Lean Six Sigma Origin of
implementing Lean Six Sigma, Six Sigma concepts in textile industry, Lean Six Sigma through ISO
9001:2008 standard based QMS in textile industry, L6QMS-2008 model, Case study in Lean Six
Sigma for textile industry.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
N. Logothetics, Managing for Total Quality - From Deming to Taguchi and SPC, Prentice
all Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
2.
S. Taghizadegan, Essentials of Lean Six Sigma Elsevier, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
J. S. Karthi, S.R. Devadasan, K. Selvaraju, N.M. Sivaram, and C.G. Sreenivasa,

Implementation of Lean Six Sigma through ISO 9001:2008 based QMS: A Case Study in a
Textile Mill, The Journal of The Textile Institute, 104:10, 1089-1100.
2.
J. H. Salor, TQM-FIeld Manual, McGraw Hill, New York, 1992.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
150
Individual Elective
STREAM-5 ELECTIVE
16TF360 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF

TEXTILE FIBERS
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
20
20
CS
SA
BS

This course offer fundemental knowledge in fibre structure and its parameters, characterization
techniques for investigation of fibre structure, fibre density as well as the basic concepts of
other physical properties of fibre. Objective of this course is to impart fundamental concepts in
physical properties of textile fibres.
Course Outcomes:
know fibre structure and related parameters.
compare the investigation of textile fibres by X-ray, IR, NMR.
describe the measurement of hygroscopic properties of fibre.
understand the mechanical conditioning of textiles.
explain concepts of heat setting of textiles.
SKILLS:
Calculate structure related parameters like degree of order, degree of localization.
Differentiate fibers based on structural parameters.
Analyze the time effect properties like creep of textile fibre.
Identify heat setting condition for various fibers.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
151
Individual Elective
UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Analyse
Degree of order,
degree of
localization for
polyester and
nylon.
o Analyse of x-ray
pattern of
oriented,
disoriented and
partially
crystalline fibre.
L- 10
FIBRE STRUCTURE : Introduction to fiber structure Micellar theory, continuous theory, fringed
micelles theory, fringed fibrils theory, modified fringed micellar theory fine structure of natural, fine
structure and cross-section of regenerated and synthetic fibres, Importance of studying fine structure,
requirements for fibre formation (Definitions of parameters which characterize most important
features) Degree of order, degree of localization of order, length/width ratio of localized units,
degree of orientation, Degree of polymerization.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES : Brief introduction of Methods of investigating textiles X Ray

diffraction, IR, NMR, Thermal Analysis, Optical microscopy, Electron microscopy, Scanning Electron
microscopy. Fibre density Measurement, Relation between density and order - Equilibrium
absorption of water, Relation between regain and RH, Comparison of relation between regain and
RH of various textile fibres (influence of temperature)- Heat of sorption measurement of sorption.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
o Compare fiber
properties
based on fiber
structure.
o Perform
heatsetting of
polyester.
o Analyse NMR
graph and
identify fibre.
MOISTURE AND TENSILE PROPERTIES : Diffusion of moisture, penetration into a dry fibre,
conditioning of mass of fibres, Retention of liquid water, Swelling introduction to theories of
moisture sorption, effect of hydrophilic groups Absorption in crystalline and nano crystalline
regions, Hysteresis a molecular explanation. Tensile properties factors determining the results
of tensile experiments, load elongation and stress-strain curves.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
MECHANICAL CONDITIONING AND STATIC ELECTRICITY : Effects of variability Introduction to

elastic recovery Mechanical conditioning, time effect Creep, Flexural, Torsional Rigidity
Significance of Dielectric Properties for Textiles-measurements-effect of moisture and temperature
- static electricity-significance.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
HEAT SETTING : Heat Setting of Textile Fibres: Introduction to heat Setting, need, objectives, types of
setting, mechanism of temporary and permanent set, physics of setting, set between fibres, set
with in the fibres, synthetic fibre structure and setting, measuring efficacy of setting. Thermal
conductivity- structural changes in fibre on heating.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
W. E. Morton and J W S Hearle, Physical Properties of Textile Fibers, The Textile Institute,
Manchester, 1994.
2.
J. E. Booth, Principles of Textile Testing, Butterworths, London, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
J. Happy, Fiber Structure, Elsevear Edition, Amsterdam, (Vol 3), 1984.
2.
J. W. S. Hearle, Moisture Relations in Textiles, The Textile Institute Manchester, 1976.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
152
Individual Elective
STREAM-5 ELECTIVE
PROCESS CONTROL AND QUALITY

MANAGEMENT IN TEXTILES
16TF361
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH
15
15
CS
SA
BS
20

This course offer applied knowledge in process and quality control of spinning, weaving
chemical processing through various test methods to be followed, controlling mechanism
involved in production and quality at each stage. Objective of this course is to impart desired
key skill required for textile mill quality management.
Course Outcomes:
understand process control in textile mills.
control quality at different stages of textile process.
know available norms for productivity and labor allotment.
Know different chemical evaluation tests.
Identify the chemical groups in finished fabrics.
SKILLS:
Identify a key process parameters for different textile industries.
Calculate yarn realization for a spinning mill.
Analyze the result of snap efficiency.
Compare the key variable with norms and standards.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
153
Individual Elective
UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Calculate
individual and
overall
efficiency for
spinning mill
o Perform
breakage
study at
warping and
weaving.
o Measure
absorbency of
bleached cloth.
o Carry Iodine
absorption test
for evaluation
of degree of
cross linking.
o Collect of
standerds and
norms for
textile mill
processes.
L- 10
PROCESS CONTROL IN BLOW ROOM, CARD & DRAW FRAME : Introduction to Process Control,
PQC in Blow Room, Card & Draw Frame, Raw Material Management - need of instrumental
evaluation, traditional methods of cotton selection, importance of cost in raw material, linear
programming for mixing. Blow Room; Control of mixing quality, control of yarn realization, Control of
waste and Waste extraction study, Cleaning in Blow room.
Carding - Waste extraction at card, Nep study & control; Draw Frame - Breakage study, Stop motion
checking, Use of NILO meter, Drafting rollers pressure checking.
UNIT - 2
L- 09
PROCESS CONTROL IN COMBER, SIMPLEX & RING FRAME : Comber - evaluation of comber
performance, fractionating efficiency of comber, comber waste analysis, influence of various factors
on combing performance (5 minute test), head wise and Overall waste at Comber; Breakage study
at Simplex; Ring Frame - Breakage study, Snap study analysis, Idle spindle study, Measurement
and analysis of productivity means to improve productivity, control of yarn quality - count, strength
and their variability, yarn unevenness and imperfections.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
PROCESS CONTROL AT WINDING AND WARPING : Process & Quality Control in Winding Scope,
Optimizing of Yarn tensioning and clearing (settings for different kinds of yarns) Producing good
package, unwinding tension and optimum guide distance, Approach to control of productivity. Process
& Quality Control in Warping: Scope, breakage study, Effort to minimize the breakage rate, quality of
warper beams, breakage study in warping (norms), productivity, warping defects and remedies.
UNIT - 4
L- 08
PROCESS & QUALITY CONTROL IN SIZING & LOOM SHED : Process & Quality Control in Sizing Measurement & control of size pick up, control in size preparation, Lappers study, breakage study,
controlling sizing conditions, stretch control in various zones, moisture control, Migratory behavior
study, quality of sized beams, productivity, Dead loss and its control, hard waste and its control,
Process & Quality Control in Loom Shed - Control of speed, Breakage and snap study, Determination
of labor allotment (ATIRA procedure), Norms for breakage rate, No. of looms/operative, control of
efficiency, control of loom stoppages.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
PROCESS & QUALITY CONTROL IN CHEMICAL PROCESSING : Functions of control house, grey
cloth inspection; Process control measures in Bleaching and mercerizing - method to estimate the
concentration of caustic and silica in peroxide bleach, absorbency of bleached cloth, Cuprammonium
fluidity, ash content, barium activity no. luster no. fastness of bleaching; Process control in dye
house, parameters for process control in different forms of dyeing (yarn and fabric), test method to
determine the caustic and Hydros concentration in vat dye liquor. Process control in Printing - Test
for the suitability of thickner in the print paste formation; Process control in Finishing - Iodine
absorption test for the evaluation of degree of resign cross linking, Optimal brightness test for the
uniformity of cross linking, heat setting assessment in polyester by Iodine absorption method.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
R. Senthil Kumar, Process management in spinning, CRC Press, 2015
2.
V. A. Shenai, Evaluation of Textile Chemicals, Sevak Publications, 1980.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1.
V. K. Kothari, Testing & Quality Management, AFL Publication, 2006.
2.
K. R. Salhotra, Process Control in Spinning, Institute of Textile Technology, 2002.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
154
OPEN
ELECTIVES
(STREAMS)
B.Tech.
MANAGEMENT STREAM
4
16MS202 Principles and Practice of Management
16MS301 Managerical Economics
16MS302 Finance for Engineers
16MS401 Engineering Entrepreneurship
HUMANITIES STREAM
4
16HS219 Indian History and Culture
16HS224 Polity and Governance of India
16HS307 Economic and Social Development of India
16HS308 Geography and Environmental Concerns of India
IT STREAM
4
16IT201
Object Oriented Programming
16CS303 Web Technologies
16CS254 Scripting Languages
16CS201 Database Management Systems
16IT309
16CS301 Software Engineering
16CS302 Data Mining Techniques
16IT409
Unix Programming
Multimedia Systems
COURSE CONTENTS
Open Electives Management Stream
MANAGEMENT STREAM
16MS202 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF

MANAGEMENT
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
45
SA
BS
20

This course provides various functions of management and how to get a work done in the most
economical way. The objective of this course is to introduce the concepts of planning, decision
making, organizing, directing and controlling various aspects of management.
Course Outcomes:
understand the principles of management and functions including planning,

organizing, directing and controlling.
know the concepts of managing people including motivating, leading and

communication.
improve ability to examine managerial issues and problems and to develop feasible
alternatives that can result in better decision making.
SKILLS:
Identify various functions of Management.
Analyze the importance, advantages and implementation of planning, organizing,

staffing, directing and controlling.
Organize a small scale event or programme.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-3

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Solve a test
case to identify
various
functions of
management.
Solve a test
case to identify
the elements of
planning.
Solve a test
case how to
organize an
event using all
the
management
functions.
L-9
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT: Concept of management, Management functions, Managerial

roles, skills and levels, Is management science or art? History and current thinking; Classical approach,
Behavioral approach, Management science approach, The contingency approach, The systems
approach.
UNIT - 2
L-9
PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING: Concept of planning, Purpose of planning, Planning process,
Management by objectives, Defining decision making, Types of decisions, Decision making process,
Decision making conditions, Group decision making and Decision trees.
UNIT - 3
Solve a test
case to identify
the importance
of leadership
through the
principles of
organizing.
L-9
ORGANIZING: Concept of organizing, organizing process, Organization structures, Departmentation,

Responsibility, Authority and delegation, Span of management.
UNIT - 4
L-9
DIRECTING: Concept of motivation, Theories of motivation, Process theories of motivation, Content

theories of motivation, Strategies for motivating organization members, Concept of leadership, Trait
approach to leadership, Situational approach to leadership, Communication process, Barriers to
communication, Interpersonal communication in organization.
UNIT - 5
L-9
CONTROLLING: Concept of controlling, Controlling process, Types of control, Techniques of

controlling.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Samuel C.Certo and S.Trevis Certo, Modern Management, 10th edition, Prentice-Hall, New
Delhi, 2007.
2.
Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert Jr., Management, 6th edition, Pearson education,
New Delhi, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Heinz Weihrich andHarold Koontz, Management A Global perspective, 10th edition,

2.
Daft, The New Era of Management, 7th edition, Thomson, New Delhi, 2007.
3.
Schermerhorn, Management, 8th edition, Wiley, India, 2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-4
MANAGEMENT STREAM
16MS301 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
45
SA
BS
20

This course introduces the basic concepts of business economics and the use of economic
principles in various business decisions. The objective of the course is to help the students to
know the importance of economic principles in managerial decision making and to understand
the benefits and risks involved in business decisions.
Course Outcomes:
understand the importance of managerial economics in business decision making.
know the demand concepts and methods of demand forecasting.
understand the production function and law of variable proportions.
analyze the cost concepts and break even analysis.
understand the pricing decisions in various market situations.
SKILLS:
Identify various decisions to be taken in a business activity.
Decide whether to make or buy an item based on cost benefit analysis.
Use various methods of decision making.
Make an array of decisions in the daily routine of the business.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-5

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Solve a test
case to
understand the
concept of
demand and
methods of
demand
forecasting.
Solve a test
case to
understand
production
function and its
uses.
Solve a test
case to
understand
various cost
concepts and
BEP analysis.
Solve a test
case to
understand
various market
forms and their
features.
L-9
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS: Wealth, Welfare and Scarcity Definitions, Classification and

Scope of Economics, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, Basic tools and Techniques of
Business Economics, Relation of Managerial Economics with functional areas of business.
UNIT - 2
L-9
DEMAND ANALYSIS: Types of Demand, Demand determination, Concept of Elasticity and

measurement, Demand forecasting, Survey and Statistical methods.
UNIT - 3
L-9
THEORY OF PRODUCTION: Production function, Marginal rate of technical substitution, Iso-quants

and Iso-costs, Production function with one or two variable factors, Law of Variable Proportions and
Returns to Scale, Internal and external economies.
UNIT - 4
L-9
COST ANALYSIS: Cost concepts, Cost determinants, Cost output relationship in the short and long
run, Break-Even analysis, Simple problems in Break-even Analysis.
UNIT - 5
L-9
FEATURES AND TYPES OF DIFFERENT COMPETITIVE SITUATIONS: Perfect competition,

Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly, Pricing methods in practice.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
A.R. Arya Sri, Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, 2nd edition, TMH, 2010.
2.
Gupta, Managerial Economics, 1st edition, TMH, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Dominic Salvatore, Managerial Economics, Thomson, 2nd edition, 2006.
2.
Mote Paul, Managerial Economics, 1st edition, TMH, 2004.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-6
MANAGEMENT STREAM
16MS302 FINANCE FOR ENGINEERS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
45
SA
BS
20

The course introduces the basic accounting terms and concepts like financial statements, balance
sheet, income statement, cash flow statements firms use for recording, analysing and decision
making. The objective of the course is to help non-financial professionals like Engineers to raise
their awareness of finance and use financial information for business decisions.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to understand:
preparation of financial statements and manage businesses revenues, costs, profits

and cash.
financial accounting to record and make effective decisions.
SKILLS:
Prepare financial statements including balance sheet.
Analyze the financial statement to diagnose the health of the organization.
Prepare cash flow statements.
Identify the different types of costs and prepare cost sheet.
Assess the benefits of capital investments with the help of capital budgeting techniques.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-7

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Solve a test
case to identify
various general
entries and
post them into
general ledger.
Solve a test
case to use
various tools
like statement
comparison,
ratio analysis
etc.
L-9
INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Main components of a typical set of financial

statements or annual report, Key underlying accounting concepts used in the preparation of financial
statements.
UNIT - 2
L-9
BUSINESS ANALYSIS: Know how to interpret financial statements and analyze businesses using
the 7-step approach, Perform a SWOT analysis using financial statements.
UNIT - 3
L-9
CASH OPERATING CYCLE: Cash operating cycle and what affects a companys cash flow, Manage
the cash operating cycle.
UNIT - 4
o
Solve a test
case to rank
the priorities of
project
implementation
L-9
COSTING: Different categories of costs which exist and their implication on costing, Costing concepts
and apply them in making business decisions-Break-even analysis.
UNIT - 5
L-9
INVESTMENT APPRAISAL TOOLS: Payback period, Net present value and internal rate of return
methods of project appraisal in decision making, Understand briefly the concepts of shareholder
value, Gearing and weighted average cost of capital.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
J R Dyson, Accounting for Non-Accounting Students, 6th edition, Pearson, New Delhi,
2006.
2.
Ross, Stephen A., Westerfield, Randolph W, Jordan, and Bradford D, Essentials of Corporate
Finance with Connect Plus, 7th edition, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
I.M Pandey, Financial Management, 9th edition, Vikas Publishing, 2004.
2.
M.Y Khan and P K Jain, Financial Management-Text and Problems, 5th edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-8
MANAGEMENT STREAM
16MS401 ENGINEERING
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
45
SA
BS
20

This course offers the concepts and the practices of entreprenuerial thinking. In addition, it
gives the techniques of ideation and idea generation. It creates a vision and execution plan for
a company. The objective of this course is to provide essential knowledge of enterprenuership
like business and market forms and business intellectual property strategies for engineering
students.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to understand:
concepts and practices of entrepreneurial thinking and entrepreneurship.
entrepreneurial mind-set and culture that has been developing in various companies.
entrepreneurial process from the generation of innovative ideas to their implementation.
how to create and present a business plan with technological ideas.
tools and life skills required to participate in the entrepreneurial process within a large
company, in a new venture, or as an investor.
SKILLS:
Generate innovative ideas to create an enterprise.
Present a business plan with technological ideas.
Identify various avenues to become an entrepreneur.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M-9

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Solve a test
case to
know the
importance of
entrepreneurship.
Solve a test
case to identify
various
entrepreneurship
avenues and
how to make
business plans.
Solve a test
case to identify
and use
various creative
and idea
generation
tools.
L-9
INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Introduction to Technology, Entrepreneurship and

Technology Ventures, Attributes and Myths of Technology Entrepreneurs.
UNIT - 2
L-9
ENGINEERS AS ENTREPRENEURS: The Mind-set of the Entrepreneurial Leader, Creating and

Selling the Entrepreneurial Value Proposition.
UNIT - 3
L-9
ENTREPRENEURIAL IDEA GENERATION AND FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS: Technology

Commercialization Potential, Paths and Barriers from Idea to Market, Assessing and Presenting the
Opportunity.
UNIT - 4
L-9
BUSINESS STRUCTURING AND STRATEGY: Business planning and the Business Plan, Financial
Analysis and Projections, Market and Competitive Analysis, Presentation of the Opportunity,
UNIT - 5
L-9
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY STRATEGIES FOR TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES: Marketing, Sales

and Distribution Strategies, Investment and Financial Strategies, Venture Growth and Value Harvesting.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
H. Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, 5th edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2007.
2.
Dorf, Richard, Byers, Thomas, and Nelson Andrew, Technology Ventures: From Idea to
Enterprise, 3rd edition, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. S. S Khanka, Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management,
4th edition, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.
2.
Robert D Hisrch, Michael P Peters and Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship, 6th edition,
Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2006.
3.
Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan, Entrepreneurship Development in India, 5th edition.,
Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 10
Open Electives Humanities Stream
HUMANITIES STREAM
16HS219 INDIAN HISTORY AND CULTURE
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
-
45
SA
BS

This course provides different epochs and events of Indian history from ancient period and their
importance in shaping modern India.The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of Indian culture and history to enable students understand the making of a nation and its
people.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to :
acquaint with the major events in Indian history and culture.
improve their performance in competitive examinations such as UPSC, APPSC Examinations etc.,
understand the rich cultural heritage of India including art, literature , music etc.,
interpret history holistically and get a balanced outlook towards the world and Indias
position in relation to it.
SKILLS:
Apply map pointing of historical places since ancient to modern period.
Compare different perspectives to reading or understanding of histroy/ historical

events.
Prepare essays with broad historical understanding.
Identify major turn of events and evaluate the historical development of Indian
society since ancient times.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 11
ACTIVITIES:
o
Presentation on
ancient Indian
history.
Group
discussions on
different view
points and
interpertation of
the historians.
Visits to
historical sites.
Paper
presentation on
the visit to the
Museums and
archives.
Group
discussion on
different
religions and
their
importance.
o Interactive
sessions about
the evolution of
the indian
society since
ancient to
modern period.
UNIT 1
ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY:
Prehistoric Background of Indian culture.
Harappan culture Cities Society economy and trade - End of the Harappan cities.
Society and Economy of the early Vedic and later Vedic periods.
Emergence and Spread of Puranic thesim, Buddhism and Jainism.
Mauryans, Post Mauryans and Sangam Period.
The age of Satavahanas and the Guptas.
The Pallavas, the Chalukyas and the Cholas.
L-12
UNIT 2
MEDIEVAL INDIAN HISTORY:
General Conditions under the Delhi Sultanate.
General Conditions under the rulers of the Vijayanagara Empire.
General Conditions under the rule of the Mughals.
Shivaji and the rise of the Marathas.
Bhakti Movement.
General Conditions under the rule of the Mughals.
Shivaji and the rise of the Marathas.
Bhakti Movement.
L-12
UNIT 3
INDIAN CULTURE:
Salient aspects of Art forms Music and Dance.
Language and Literature.
Architecture and Sculpture.
Paintings and Places of Cultural Interest.
L-10
UNIT 4
BRITISH RULE IN INDIA:
The Beginning of European settlements.
Government and the economic policies of the British empire in India 17571857.
The First War of Independence of 1857 and the consequent administrative changes.
Religious and Social Reforms after 1858.
L-12
UNIT 5
STRUGGLE FOR FREEDOM:
Economic impact of the British rule.
The national Movement 1858-1885; 1885-1905; 1905-1920; 1920-1947.
Contribution from various states.
India after Independence- Post independence consolidation of states.
L-14
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Romila Thapar, A History of India I, 15th edition, Penguin Books, 2015.
2.
Percival Spear, A History of India II, 12th edition, Penguin Books, 2015.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1.
S.L. Mukherjee, Ancient History of India, 12th edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill,2015.
2.
S.L. Mukherjee, Medieval History of India,12th edition,Tata Mc Graw Hill,2015.
3.
Bipin Chandra, Indian Struggle of Independence,15th edition, Viking , 2015.
4.
A.L Basham, A Cultural History of India, 10th edition, Oxford, 2015.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 12
HUMANITIES STREAM
16HS224 POLITY AND

GOVERNANCE OF INDIA
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
-
45
SA
BS

This course provides a basic understanding of Indian polity and constitution and also offers
knowledge about the fundamental rights & duties of a citizen. The objective of the course is to
make students understand the functioning of Government at the Centre and State level besides
local self government as outlined in the constitution of India.
Course Outcomes:
understand the Indian constitution, including the different offices of Indian Government,
their authorities and responsibilities and guidelines for runing the Government.
analyze the functioning of Executive, Legislature and Judiciary.
compare the Indian constitution with the constitutions of other countries.
SKILLS:
Analyze political events of the country.
Study and compare various contemporary governments and constitutions.
Analyze the functions of the government authorities.
Illustrate law making procedures.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 13

UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
L-12
OVERVIEW OF INDIAN CONSTITUTION:

Making of Indian constitution
o Conduct mock
parliament.
o Evaluate
political
changes in the
country.
o Visit
government
offices
(Chebrolu MRO
& MPDO) to
know their
functioning.
Salient features
Preamble
Significant Provisions, Amendments, Basic structure
UNIT 2
L-12
WORKING OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION:

Features of Indian Federal system
Centre-State relations - Legislative, Executive, Financial
Issues and concerns Coalition governments, Administrative Reforms
UNIT 3
L-12
STRUCTURE OF THE GOVERNMENT:

Union Government
o Group
Discussion on
basic human
rights and
gender
Sensitivity.
o Conduct mock
panchayat
meetings.
State Government
Local Government
UNIT 4
L-12
POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF CONSTITUTIONAL, STATUTORY AND NON STATUTORY

BODIES:
Constitutional - Election Commission, UPSC, Finance Commission, CAG etc.,
Statutory - NHRC, CVC, etc.,
Non statutory Planning Commission, National Development Council etc.,
o Prepare mock
citizens
charter.
UNIT 5
L-12
POLITICAL DYNAMICS:
Representation of Peoples Act
Political Parties
Pressure Groups
Elections, Electoral Reforms
Transparency, Accountability and Right to Information
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
D.D. Basu, Indian Constitution, 21st edition, Lexisnexis, 2014.
2.
Subhash C. Kashyap, Our Parliament,11th edition, NBT Publication, 2011.
3.
Laxmikanth, Indian Polity, 4th edition,TMH, 2015.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 14
HUMANITIES STREAM
16HS307 ECONOMIC AND

SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OF INDIA
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
-
45
SA
BS

This course provides a basic understanding of Indian economy. The objective of the course is to
make students understand the role of government in managing economy. In addition, it also
offers a basic knowledge on different sectors of the economy besides equipping them with the
tools to analyze the state of current economy.
Course Outcomes:
apply the macro economics techniques and its principles to the day to day
happenings.
analyze the funcitoning of the state economy.
compare the Indian economy with that of the other countries.
analyze the impact of globalization on the Indian economy.
SKILLS:
Calculate GDP, NI, CPI, WPI.
Monitor stock markets and foreign trade.
Analyze social evils like poverty, unemployment etc.,
Analyze demographic transition.
Analyze industrial growth and functioning of the banking sector.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 15

UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
L-12
STRUCTURE OF THE ECONOMY:

Basic Concepts
Study market
fluctuations.
Sources of Revenue and classification of expenditures of Union Government
Visit banks and

corporate
offices to know
their
functioning.
Structure of the Economy
Empirical study
of farmerssuicides.
Analyze the
impact of
globalzation on
Indian economy.
Practical
knowledge on
patent rights.
Compare study
on popular
programmes of
different
governments.
Fiscal indicators
Recent trends in the National Income
Performance on the social front
UNIT 2
L-12
LPG POLICIES:
Transition from Centralized Planning to Indicative Planning
LPG Policies
Globalisation and its discontents
WTO, TRIPS, TRIMS, GATS
UNIT 3
L-12
AGRARIAN ISSUES:
Agrarian Structure, Land Reforms
Farm subsidies, Agricultural Price Policies, Food Security
Agrarian Crisis and Farmer suicides, WTO and Indian Agriculture
UNIT 4
L-12
INDUSTRIAL STRATEGY:
Strategy of Industralisation, Special Economic Zones, FDI Policy
Multi-National Companies and their importance
Rise of Corporate power in India
Privatization and Disinvestment policies
Infrastructure policies
UNIT 5
L-12
POVERTY ALLEVIATION PROGRAMMES:

Measures of Poverty and inequality and trends therein
Anti Poverty Programmers - Public Distribution System, Wage Employment Programmes
Concepts of Social justice and Inclusive growth and their components
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Dutt and Sundaram, Indian Enconomy , 12th editon, S. Chand and Company, 2015.
2.
Misra & Puri, Indian Economy , 11th edition, Himalaya Publications, 2015.
3.
Ramesh singh, Indian Economy for Civil services Examinations, 7th edition, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Joseph E. Stiglitz, Globalization and its Discontents, 15th editon,W.W Norton. 2013.
2.
Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, An Uncertain Glory : India and its Contradictions, 2nd
edition, Penguin, 2014.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 16
HUMANITIES STREAM
16HS308 GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

CONCERNS OF INDIA
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
-
45
SA
BS

This course covers various phenomena such as climate change, biodiversity, energy policy and
ecosystem at global and regional levels. The objective ot this course is to provide insights into
several physiographic phenomena like earth quakes, volcanoes, tsunamis and natural resources.
Course Outcomes:
analyse oceanic and climatic phenomena.

analyze the regional issues of inconsonance with global happenings.
apply general principles of geography and environment and provide the solutions.
become environmentally conscious.
SKILLS:
Discuss the oceanic and climatic phenomena.,
Analyze the regional issues inconsonance with global happenings.
Address geographic and environmental issues.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 17

UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Presentation
and group
discussion on
environmental
issues.
L-12
GEOGRAPHY:
Fundamental concepts of Geography
Physical Geography of India River systems, Climate, Soils, Minerals, Geological Strata,
Climatic regions, Natural vegetation,
Races and Physical Types of People
UNIT 2
o
Visit to IMD.
Study tidal
movements.
Study different
types of soils
and climatic
conditions.
Visit NDRF
center.
Take part in
afforestation
drive in nearby
villages.
L-12
SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT:

Milestones in Indias scientific and technological progress in diverse fields Space, Nuclear, IT,
Defense, Agriculture and Rural technologies
Prominent scientists of India and their contribution
Recent initiatives to spread scientific temper and S&T practices
Issues relating to Intellectual Property Rights
UNIT 3
L-12
ENERGY SOURCES:
Sources of Energy-availability and consumption pattern, Energy policy and pricing
Issues relating to hydel power (Big Dams), Thermal Plants and Nuclear power
Green Energy technologies and their importance
UNIT 4
L-12
BIODIVERSITY:
Meaning and importance of Bio-diversity, Sustainable Development
Ecosystems and their management
Bio-Diversity of India, Bio- spheres and Biodiversity hot spots of India
Initiatives to preserve bio-diversity
UNIT 5
L-12
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:
Magnitude, Causes and consequences of environmental pollution in India
Factors that led to global warming and climate change
Recent international protocols to tackle climate change, Carbon trading and its implications,
Concerns of Developing Countries
Disaster Management and Environmental Impact assessment
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
NCERT : 6th to 12th standard Books for Geography, 2014.
2.
NCERT : General Geography, 2014.
3.
Savindra Singh, Physical Geography, May 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Goh Cheng Leong, Certificate Physical and Human Geography, October, 2015.
2.
Spectrum: Science and Technology in India, Spectrum books pvt. limited, 2016.
3.
General Studies, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2016.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 18
Open Electives IT Stream
IT STREAM
16IT201 OBJECT ORIENTED

PROGRAMMING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course covers the principles of object oriented programming which includes defining class,
creating objects, usage of abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism. Further, it
offers concepts of multi-threading, applets, AWT and swings. The objective of the course is to
enable the student to develop applications, graphical user interfaces and Internet programs
using object oriented concepts.
Course Outcomes:
distinguish between procedure oriented and object oriented concepts of programming.
understand OOP concepts and features of Java programming.
apply Object Oriented concepts in problem solving.
identify requirements of Internet programming.
develop Graphical User Interfaces (GUI).
SKILLS:
Create new packages and interfaces.
Develop multi-threaded applications.
Develop remote applets.
Create web applications.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 19

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
o
Implement the
concept of
encapsulation.
Develop a
sample
program which
exhibits
inheritance and
polymorphism.
Design and
develop
Internet
programming
using applets.
Implement user
interface using
AWT and
Swings.
L- 10
INTRODUCTION, CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Creation of java, Importance of java to internet, Byte
code, Java buzzwords, OOP principles- Encapsulation, Inheritance and polymorphism, Data types,
Variables, Declaring variables, Dynamic initialization, Scope and life time of variables, Arrays,
Operators, Control statements, Type conversion and casting, Compiling and running of simple java
program, Concepts of classes and objects,Class fundamentals Declaring objects, Assigning object
reference variables, Introducing methods, Constructors, Usage of static with data and methods, Usage
of final with data, Access control, This key word, Garbage collection, Overloading methods and
constructors, Call by value, Recursion, Nested classes and inner classes, Exploring the string class.
UNIT - 2
L- 08
INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: Basic concepts, Member access rules, Usage of
super key word, Forms of inheritance, Method overriding, Abstract classes, Dynamic method dispatch,
Using final with inheritance, The object class. Defining, Creating and accessing a package,
Understanding classpath, Importing packages, Differences between classes and interfaces, Defining
an interface, Implementing interface, Applying interfaces, Variables in interface and extending
interfaces.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADING: Concepts of exception handling, Types of exceptions,

Usage of try, Catch, Throw, Throws and finally keywords, Built-in exceptions, Creating own exception
sub classes, Concepts of multithreading, Differences between process and thread, Thread life cycle,
Creating multiple threads using thread class, Runnable interface, Synchronization, Thread priorities,
Inter thread communication, Daemon threads, Deadlocks, Thread groups.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
WINDOW PROGRAMMING: Applet class, Applet architecture, Applet skeleton - Applet initialization
and termination, Overriding update( ), Simple applet, Display methods, Requesting repainting - A
simple banner applet, Using the status window, The HTML APPLET Tag, Passing parameters to
applets, Applet context and show document. Event sources, Event classes Action event, Adjustment
event, Component event, Container event, Focus event, Input event, Item event, Key event and
mouse event, Delegation event model, Event listeners, Handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter
classes.
UNIT - 5
L- 09
AWT AND SWING: Concepts of components, Container, Panel, Window, Frame, Canvas, Font class,
Color class and graphics. AWT controls : Buttons, Labels, Text fields, Text area, Check boxes, Check
box groups, Lists, Choice, Scrollbars, Menus, Layout managers - Flow, Border, Grid, Card and grid
bag.JApplet, JFrame and jcomponent, Icons and labels, Handling threading issues, Text fields, Buttons
The jbutton class, Check boxes, Radio buttons, Combo boxes, Tabbed panes, Scroll panes, Trees
and tables.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference Java J2SE, 9th edition, TMH Publishing
Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
2.
Joe Wiggles worth and Paula McMillan, Java Programming Advanced Topics, 3rd edition,
TMH, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Cay Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
2.
OReilly, Head First JAVA, 2nd edition, OReilly Media Inc, 2005.
3.
Herbert Schildt, A Beginners Guide, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2014.
4.
Joshua Bloch Effective Java, 2nd edition, Addison-Wesley, 2008.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 20
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Total hrs: 30
1.
Java program to read an integer and print all prime numbers upto that integer.
2.
Java program that checks whether a given string is a palindrome or not.
3.
Arrange given list of names in the ascending order.
4.
Java Program that reads a line of integers and then displays each integer and the sum of
all the integers (use StringTokenizer class)
5.
Java program that reads a file and displays the file on the screen, with a line number
before each line.
6.
Display the number of characters, words and lines in a text file.
7.
Develop Java program for creating multiple threads

a)
Using Thread class.
b)
Using Runnable interface.
8.
Program that illustrates how a run time polymorphism is achieved.
9.
Implement a Java program that illustrates the following
10.
11.
a)
Creation of simple package.
b)
Accessing a package.
c)
Implementing interfaces.
Write a Java program that illustrates the following

a)
Handling predefined exceptions.
b)
Handling user defined exceptions
APPLETS - working with

a)
Frames and various controls.
b)
Dialogs and Menus.
c)
Panel and Layout.
d)
Graphics.
e)
Colors and fonts
TEXT BOOKS:
1
Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference Java J2SE, 9th edition, TMH Publishing
Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
Joe Wiggles worth and Paula McMillan, Java Programming Advanced Topics, 3rd edition,
TMH, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Cay Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
2.
OReilly, Head First JAVA, 2nd edition, OReilly Media Inc, 2005.
3.
Herbert Schildt, A Beginners Guide 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2014.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 21
IT STREAM
16CS303 WEB TECHNOLOGIES
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
CA
45
30
WA/RA SSH SA
5
40
BS

This course offers the basic concepts used to develop static web pages and it also provides
knolwedge of Internet programming concepts, Web Servers and Web Application Servers, Design
Methodologies with concentration on Object-Oriented concepts. The objective of this course is to
build web applications using ASP and client side script technologies and also to build XML
applications that span multiple domains.
Course Outcomes:
develop a dynamic webpage using Java script and DHTML.
write a well formed / valid XML document.
connect a Java program to a DBMS and perform insert, update and delete
operations on DBMS table.
write a server side Java application called Servlet to catch form data sent from client,
process it and store it in the database.
write a server side Java application called JSP to catch form data sent from client
and store it in the database.
SKILLS:
Perform client side validation using Java script.
Store and retrieve data using JDBC.
Generate dynamic contents using Servlets.
Generate dynamic contents using JSPs.
Overcome problems in Servlets and JSP using Struts Programs.
Develop a working system of web application or web site.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 22

UNIT - 1
L-08
INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND JAVASCRIPT: HTML common tags- Block level and inline elements,
Lists, Tables, Images, Forms, Frames; Cascading style sheets, CSS properties, Java ScriptIntroduction to java script, Objects in java script, Dynamic HTML with java script.
UNIT - 2
L-10
JDBC : Data base, Database schema, A brief overview of the JDBCprocess, JDBC driver types,
JDBC packages, Database connection, Associating the JDBC-ODBC bridge with database, Creating,
Inserting, Updatinga and deleting data in database tables, Result set, Metadata.
UNIT - 3
L-09
WEB SERVERS AND SERVLETS : Tomcat web server, Introduction to servlets - Servlets, The
advantage of servlets over traditional CGI, Basic servlet structure, Simple servlet generating plain
Text, Compiling and installing the servlet, Invoking the servlet, Lifecycle of a servlet, The servlet API,
Reading servlet parameters, Reading initialization parameters, Context parameters, Handling http
request & responses, Using cookies-session tracking, Servlet with JDBC.
UNIT - 4
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO JSP : The problems with servlet, The anatomy of a JSP page, JSP processing,
JSP application development: generating dynamic content, Using sScripting elements, Implicit JSP
objects, Declaring variables and methods , Sharing data between JSP pages, Users passing control
and data between pages, JSP application design with JDBC, JSP application design with MVC.
UNIT - 5
L-09
SEMANTIC WEB : The future of the internet -Introduction, The syntactic web, The semantic web,
How the semantic web will work, What the semantic web is not, What will be the side effects of the
semantic web.Ontology in computer science - Defining the term ontology, Differences among
taxonomies, Thesauri and ontologies, Taxonomies versus ontologies, Thesauri versus , Classifying
ontologies, Classifying ontologies according to a semantic spectrum, Classifying Ontologies
according to their generality, Classifying ontologies according to the information represented,
Web ontology description languages, Ontologies, Categories and intelligence, Knowledge
representation in description logic - Introduction, An informal example, The family of attributive
languages, Concept descriptions, Terminologies, Assertions, Inference problems, Inference problems
for concept descriptions inference problems for assertions.
1.
Total Hours: 30
Create a HTML page having four frames named

a. top
b. center
c. bottom
d. left
The top frame should contain company logo and title. The bottom frame should contain
copy right information. The left frame should contain various links like Home, Products,
Services, Branches, About us, etc. When clicked on those links, the contents should appear
in the display on to center frame.
2.
Create a HTML document to demonstrate Form Elements that includes Form, input-text,
password, radio, checkbox, hidden, button, submit, reset, label, text area, select, option, file
upload.
3.
Write a HTML program with at least two <h1>, two images, two buttons and appropriate
CSS to display
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 23
ACTIVITIES:
o Installation of
the IDE for
Web Design
and
deployment.
o Design and
develop the
Database
Oriented base
side and
deployment in
the real world.
o Testing
different
validations on
web
applications.
4.
5.
a.
All <h1> with font-size 12pt, and bold in Verdana font using Inline CSS.
b.
All <img> with border color yellow, thickness 10px using Document Level CSS
c.
All <input type=button> should change background color to red on mouse over them
using External CSS.
Design a HTML page having a text box and four buttons viz Factorial, Fibonacci, Prime, and
Palindrome. When a button is pressed an appropriate java script function should be called
to display the following:
a.
factorial of that number
b.
fibonacci series up to that number
c.
prime numbers up to that number
d.
is it palindrome or not?
Write Java script programs to demonstrate the following objects with atleast five methods:
a.
Math.
b.
String.
c.
Array.
d.
Date.
6.
Write a Java script program to display message on OnBlur and OnFocus events.
7.
Create an XML document where CSEBooks is the root tag, it consists of 5 books named
as(book1, book2, book3, book4, book5) whose copies of books are 10 and provide the child
tag such as author, title, pages, price for all books.
8.
For the above program, provide an associate DTD.
9.
Create an XML document where automobiles is the root tag, it consists of 5 vehicles named
as (vehicle1, vehicle2, vehicle3, vehicle4, vehicle5) and use attributes type, model, engine
number, color, cc.
10.
For the above experiment, provide an associated Schema.
11.
Write a Java program to connect to a database server using JDBC and insert 10 students
information of user choice in to student table.
12.
Write a Java program to display all records in the student table.
13.
Develop a simple Servlet to display Welcome to Servlet.
14.
Develop a Servlet to validate user name and password with the data stored in Servlet
configuration file. Display authorized user if she/he is authorized else display unauthorized
user.
15.
Demonstrate Life cycle of Servlet.
16.
Develop a Servlet to validate user name and password stored in the database. Display
authorized user is she/he is authorized else display unauthorized user.
17.
Write a Servlet program to store student details sent from registration form in to the database.
18.
Write JSP Program to store student information sent from registration page into database.
19.
Develop a program to validate username and password that are stored in database
using JSP.
20.
Write an appropriate JSP page to insert, update and delete data in student table in a
single application with proper linking of JSP pages and session management.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 24

TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Jon Duckett, Beginning Web Programming, 1st edition, WROX, 2002.
2.
Marty Hall and Larry Brown, Core Servlets and Java Server pages Vol.1:Core Technologies,
1st edition, Pearson, 2007.
3.
K KBreitman, M A Casanova and W Truszkowski, Semantic Web: Concepts,Technologies

and Applications, Springer, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOS:
1.
Sebesta, Programming world wide web, 8th edition, Pearson, 2006.
2.
Dietel and Nieto, Internet and World Wide Web How to program, 3rd edition, PHI Pearson
Education, Asia, 2009.
3.
Bill Siggelkow, Jakarta, Struts Cookbook, 2nd edition, S P D OReilly, 2005.
4.
Doug Lowe, Joel Murach and Andrea Steelman, Murachs Beginning JAVA JDK 5,
1st edition, SPD, 2009.
5.
Paul Wang, Sanda Katila An Introduction to web Design and Programming,

1st edition,Thomson, 2009.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 25
IT STREAM
16CS254 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
CS
45
30
WA/RA SSH SA
5
40
BS

This course offers the concepts of scprting language Python. The objective of this course is to
enable the students to understand design automation and testing tools using scrpting languages.
Course Outcomes:
develop tools using Python.
design of algorithms to retrieve information across various domains.
implement advanced network applications.
develop text processing and GUI applications.
SKILLS:
Design and develop applications for data processing, automation and testing in various
domains such as web mining and semantic web.
Develop and test web applications.
Develop tools for network simulation.
Create test scripts for automated testing of standalone and web applications.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 26

UNIT- 1
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO PROCEDURAL PROGRAMMING: Running python programs, Data types, Object

references, Collection data types, Logical operations, Control flow statements, Arithmetic operators,
Input/output, Creating and calling functions;Data Types- Identifiers and keywords, Integral types,
Floating-point types, Strings;Collection Data Types - Sequence types, Set types, Mapping types,
Iterating and copying collections.
UNIT-2
L-08
CONTROL STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS: Control structures, Exception handling, Custom

functions;Modules -Modules and packages, Overview of pythons standard library, String handling,
Command-line programming, Mathematics and numbers, Times and dates, Algorithms and collection
data types, File formats, Encodings, and data persistence, File, Directory and process handling,
Networking and internet programming, XML.
UNIT-3
ACTIVITIES :
o Implementation
of data types
such as
scalars, arrays,
lists using
Python.
o
Implementation of simple
matching
expressions
using Python.
Develop
functions using
Python.
Finding the
similarity of text
documents.
L-09
OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: The object-oriented approach, Custom classes, Custom

collection classes; File Handling- Writing and reading binary data, Writing and parsing text files,
Writing and parsing XML files, Random access binary files.
UNIT- 4
L-10
PROCESSES AND THREADING: Using the multiprocessing module, Using the threading
module;Networking - Creating a TCP client, Creating a TCP server;Database Programming - DBM
databases, SQL databases.
UNIT-5
L-09
REGULAR EXPRESSIONS: Pythons regular expression language, Characters and character classes,
Quantifiers, Grouping and capturing, Assertions and flags, The regular expression module; Introduction
to GUI Programming - Dialog-style programs, Main-window-style programs, Creating a main window,
Creating a custom dialog.
Total hrs:30
1.
Program to print given string on the screen.
2.
Accept a user name as string and wish the user like Hello Vignan.
3.
Read two integers and perform all arithmetic operations on those two numbers.
4.
Develop a program to accept three numbers from user and find biggest, smallest and
average of the same.
5.
Print numbers from 1 to 100 using all types of loops.
6.
Develop a function to display Hello <<USER>>.
7.
Compute factorial of a number.
8.
Find the sum of first N numbers.
9.
Compute sum of first N even numbers.
10.
Find sum of first N odd numbers.
11.
Print Fibonacci series up to a number.
12.
Calculate square root of a number.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 27

13.
Handle divide by zero exception.
14.
Demonstrate sequence type.
15.
Demonstrate set Type.
16.
Create a dictionary of student data and search for a student.
17.
Create a class called Student and perform operations such as display, calculate
percentage, add, delete and modify student data.
18.
Find number of occurrences of distinct words from a text file.
19.
Store Student Data such as Regd No, Name, Dept, Percentage, DOB in an XML file.
20.
Program to create two threads.
21.
Implement a program to connect to vignanuniversity.org and display number of bytes

received.
22.
Insert student data in a database.
23.
Find all mobile numbers in a text file and store them in other file.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Mark Summerfield, Programming in Python 3: A Complete Introduction to the Python

Language, 2nd edition, Addison Wesley, 2009.
2.
Mark Lutz, Programming Python, 1st edition, Orielly, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Alex Martelli, Python in a NutShell, 1st edition, OReilly, 2007.
2.
Mark Pilgrim, Dive into Python 3, 1st edition, A PRESS, 2009.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 28
IT STREAM
16CS201 DATABASE MANAGEMENT

SYSTEMS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
CS
45
30
WA/RA SSH SA
5
40
BS

This course presents an introduction to database management systems with an emphasis on
how to organize, maintain and retrieve data efficiently and effectively from a database. It
concentrates on requirements gathering, conceptual, logical and physical database design.
The objective of the course is to make the student to understand database management concepts
such as database design, transaction processinng and query optimization techniques.
Course Outcomes:
understand the basic concepts of relational data model, entity-relationship model,

relational database design, relational algebra and SQL.
design Entity Relationship(ER) models to represent a simple database application

scenarios.
convert the ER-model to relational tables, populate relational database and formulate
SQL queries.
construct simple and advanced database queries using Structured Query

Language (SQL).
improve the database design through normalization.
familiarise with basic database storage structures and access techniques.
SKILLS :
Design a conceptual database using ER-Model.
Convert ER- Model to RDBMS.
Formulate database queries using Structured Query Language (SQL).
Build and run DDL and DML commands.
Design and implement normalized databases.
Construct B+ Trees.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 29

UNIT 1
ACTIVITIES:
o Design of ER
diagram for the
development of
web
applications.
o Transformation
of ER diagram
into a relational
schema.
o Creation of
relations with
entity and
referential
integrity
constraints for
a given
relational
schema
o Representation
of queries using
Relational
Algebra.
o Formulation of
queries using
SQL.
o Design of
relational
database using
normalization
techniques.
o Development of
relational
schema for an
enterprise level
web
application.
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO DATABASES: Characteristics of the database approach ,People who work with
databases, Advantages of using the DBMS approach, Data models, Schemas and instances , Threeschema architecture and data independence,Database languages and interfaces,The database system
environment, Centralized and client/server architectures for DBMSs.
UNIT 2
L-09
CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND DATABASE DESIGN:High-level conceptual data models for database
design, A sample database application , Entity types, Entity sets, Attributes and keys - Relationship
types, Relationship sets, Roles and structural constraints, Weak entity types, Refining the ER design
for the COMPANY database,ER diagrams, Naming conventions and design issues Subclasses,
Super classes, and inheritance , Specialization and generalization,Constraints and characteristics of
specialization and generalization hierarchies, Modeling of UNION types using categories.
UNIT 3
L-09
RELATIONAL DATA MODEL AND SQL: Relational database design using ER,to,relational mapping,
Mapping EER model constructs to relations, Relational model concepts, Relational model
constraints and relational database schemas, Update operations, Transactions, and dealing with
constraint violations,SQL data definition and data types,Specifying constraints in SQL, Basic retrieval
queries in SQL, INSERT, DELETE, and UPDATE statements in SQL, Complex SQL retrieval queries,
Specifying constraints as assertions and actions as triggers, Views (Virtual Tables) in SQL , Relational
algebra.
UNIT 4
L-09
DATABASE DESIGN THEORY AND NORMALIZATION: Informal design guidelines for relation
schemas, Functional dependencies,Normal forms based on primary keys - General definitions of
second and third normal forms,Boyce-codd normal form,Multivalued dependency and fourth normal
form , Join dependencies and fifth normal form, Properties of relational decompositions.
UNIT 5
L-09
TRANSACTION PROCESSING, CONCURRENCY CONTROLAND RECOVERY: Transaction and

system concepts, Desirable properties of transactions, Two-phase locking techniques, Timestamp
ordering, Recovery concept, The ARIES recovery algorithm,Recovery in multi-database
systems,Primary file organizations,single level and multilevel indexes,Dynamic multilevel indexes
using B+ trees.
1.
ER Design tool (ex. TOAD)
2.
MYSQL RDBMS
3.
Table Creation, Constraints, Insert, Select Commands, Update and
Total Hours: 30
Delete Commands.
4.
Nested Queries and Join Queries.
5.
Views.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 30

6.
Design and development of database using MYSQL.
7.
High level programming language extensions (Control structures, Procedures and

Functions).
8.
Front end Tools.
9.
Forms.
10.
Triggers.
11.
Menu Design.
12.
Reports.
13.
Database design and implementation (Mini Project).
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B Navathe, Fundamentals of Data base Systems, 6th edition,
Pearson Education, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Raghu Rama Krishnan and Johannes Gehrke, Database Management Systems, 3rd edition,
2.
Silberschatz Korth, Database System Concepts, 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3.
Peter Rob and Carlos Coronel, Database System Design, Implementation and
Management, 7th edition, Cengage Learning, 2007.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 31
IT STREAM
16IT309 UNIX PROGRAMMING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS
Course Description and Objective :

This course introduces the basic programming concepts, usage of tools and utilities of Unix
environment. It also offers the skills of shell scripting and programming with Unix internals. The
objective of this course is to enable the student to work in Unix environment using shell scripting
and system calls.
Course Outcomes :
use Unix system as a programmer and developer.

understand Unix file structure, commands and utilities.
get expertise with regular expressions and shell programming.
SKILLS:
Implement Open Source Operating Systems such as Ubuntu, Fedora.
Simulate and compare basic algorithms used in process scheduling.
Design chat box applications in client server environment.
Manage user privileges in Unix Server.
Explore the Pipes, FIFOs, message queues mechanisms of IPC.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 32

UNIT- 1
L-09
INTRODUCTION TO UNIX : Introduction to UNIX, Unix structure, Unix features, Common commands
- Date, Time, Calender, Who, Password, Echo and man, Basic vi editor - Modes, Commands related
to modes, Inserting, Deleting text and moving cursor, Filesystems, Filenames, Filet ypes, Directories,
File permissions, Commands to be covered here are : cp, mv, ln, rm, unlink, mkdir, rmdir, du, df,
mount, umount, find, umask, ulimit, ps, who, finger, arp, ftp, telnet and rlogin, process utilities, Disk
and network utilities.
UNIT- 2
L-09
ACTIVITIES:
o Applying Unix
commands for
various file and
user
management
activities.
UNIX UTILITIES: What is a shell, Shell relationships,Standard streams,Redirection, Pipes, Tee

command, Command substitution, Shell variables, Conditions, History and control structures and
shell programming. Filters, Text processing utilities and backup utilities, Detailed commands to be
covered are: cat, tail, head, sort, nl, uniq, grep, egrep, fgrep, cut, paste, join, tee, more, pg, comm,
cmp, diff, tr, awk and tar.
o Design Page
replacement
algorithms in
memory
management.
UNIT- 3
o Implementation of process
scheduling
algorithms.
L-09
FILE I/O AND FILE DIRECTORIES: File descriptor, Open function, Close function, Create
function,Lseek, Read,Write, Filesharing, Dup and dup2 functions, Fcntl, Ioctl functions. File status,
Stat, Fstat, lstat functions, File types, Permission, Ownership of new files and directories, File system,
Links, File times, Directory related functions, The system calls to be covered are : access,umask,
chmod, fchmod, chown, link, unlink, symlink, mkdir, rmdir, chdir, fchdir, getcwd and utime.
UNIT- 4
L-09
ENVIRONMENT OF UNIX PROCESS AND PROCESS CONTROL : Process identifiers, fork, vfork,
exit, wait, waitpid, wait3, exec functions, Race conditions, Zombie process. Signal concepts, Signal
handling, Important signals: kill, raise, alarm, pause, and abort.
UNIT- 5
L-09
INTER PROCESS COMMUNICATION: Pipes, FIFO, System V IPC Message queue, Semaphore
and shared memory.
Total hours: 30
1.
Usage of basic UNIX commands.
2.
Implementation of system calls: create, open, read, write, close, stat, fstat, lseek.
3.
Develop inter process communication using pipes.
4.
Perform inter process communication using message queues.
5.
Develop inter process communication using shared memory.
6.
Perform synchronization using semaphores.
7.
Implement packet capturing activity: sniffer.
8.
Write a chat application using TCP sockets (Client and Server).
9.
Design FTP application using UDP sockets (Client and Server).
10.
Program using URL class to download webpages.
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
Behrouz A Forouzan and Richard F Gilberg, Unix and shell Programming, 1st edition,
Thomson, 2005.
2.
W R Stevens, Advanced Programming in the UNIX environment, 1st edition, Pearson

Education, 2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 33
o Implement chat
applications for
local
communications.
IT STREAM
16CS301 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course focuses on the concepts of software life cycle, role of process models and methods
to prepare software requirement specification document. In addition to that it also imparts
knowledge of design, develop and testing of software.The objective of this course is to enable
the students to develop efficient ,cost effective and feasible softwares according to user needs.
Course Outcomes :
define a software requirement specification document for any software project.
construct various UML models (including use case diagrams, class diagrams,
interaction diagrams, state chart diagrams, activity diagrams and implementation
diagrams) using the appropriate notation.
understand various metrics to measure software product size and complexity.
identify the importance of systems analysis and design in solving complex problems.
distinguish between object-oriented approach and traditional approach in systems
analysis and design.
SKILLS:
Identify the appropriate process model for developing a software.
Analyse software requirements and explore various ways to gather and specify the
requirements.
Design and model (diagramatical representations) any software product.
Design effective, user friendly Interface for any software product..
Find and fix the bugs in any software product.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 34

UNIT - 1
L- 09
INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING:Software, Changing nature of software, Software

myths.Generic view of Process - A layered technology, A process framework, The Capability Maturity
Model Integration (CMMI), Process assessment, The Waterfall model, Incremental process models,
Evolutionary process models.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Identify the
customer
requirements,
accordingly
define the
process for
developing a
project.
Draft the
system and
software
requirements
and prepare
SRS document.
Design the
project using
UML diagrams.
Prepare test
cases for
testing software
product to
ensure that
software is
defect free.
Make a list of
all possible
risks and
prepare a
mitigation plan
for it.
L- 08
AGILE MODELS AND REQUIREMENT ENGINEERING: An Agile view of process - The Unified
process, Extreme programming, Scrum. Requirements Engineering - Inception, Elicitation,
Elaboration, Negotiation, Specification, Validation, Requirements management. Building the analysis
model - Data modeling-Data objects, Attributes, Relationship, Cardinality and modularity. Class
based modeling - Identify analysis classes, Specify attributes and define operations.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
SOFTWARE DESIGN:Design Engineering - Design concepts, The design model, Creating an

architectural design - Software architecture, Data design, Architectural styles and patterns, Architectural
Design.Performing User Interface Design - Golden rules, User interface analysis and design, Interface
analysis, Interface design steps, Design evaluation.
UNIT - 4
L- 09
METRICS AND TESTING: Product metrics - Software quality, Metrics for analysis model, Metrics for
design model, Metrics for source code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for maintenance.Testing Strategies
- A strategic approach to software testing, Test strategies for conventional software, Validation testing,
System testing. Testing tactics - Black-Box and White-Box testing.
UNIT - 5
L- 10
RISK AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Risk mangement - Reactive vs. proactive risk strategies,
Software risks,Risk identification, Risk projection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM plan.Quality
Mangement - Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software reviews, Formal technical
reviews, Statistical software quality assurance, Software reliability, The ISO 9000 quality standards.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
Roger S Pressman, Software Engineering, A practitioners Approach, McGrawHill

International Edition, 6th edition, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Sommervelle, Software Engineering, 7th edition, Pearson education, 2008.
2.
Shely Cashman Rosenblatt, Systems Analysis and Design,1 st edition, Thomson,

2006.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 35
Total hours: 30
MINI-PROJECT - 1
A POINT-OF-SALE (POS) SYSTEM : A POS system is a computerized application used to record
sales and handle payments; it is typically used in a retail store, it includes hardware components
such as a computer and bar code scanner, and software to run the system. It interfaces to various
service applications, such asa third-party tax calculator and inventory control. These systems must
be relatively fault tolerant; that is,even if remote services are temporarily unavailable they must still
be of capturing sales and handling at least cash payments. A POS system must support multiple and
varied client-side terminals and interfaces such as browser, PDAs, touch-screens.
MINI-PROJECT - 2
ONLINE BOOKSHOP EXAMPLE : Following the model of amazon.com or bn.com, design and
implement an online bookstore.
MINI-PROJECT - 3
A SIMULATED COMPANY : Simulate a small manufacturing company. The resulting application will
enable the user to take out a loan, purchase a machine, and over a series of monthly production
runs, follow the performance of their company.
MINI-PROJECT - 4
A MULTI-THREADED AIRPORT SIMULATION : Simulate the operations in an airport. Your application
shouldsupport multiple aircrafts using several runways and gates avoiding collisions/conflicts.
Landing: an aircraft uses the runway, lands, and then taxis over to the terminal. Take-Off: an aircraft
taxiesto the runway and then takes off.
MINI-PROJECT - 5
AN AUTOMATED COMMUNITY PORTAL : Business in the 21st Century is above all BUSY.
Distractions are everywhere. The current crop of enterprise intranet portals is often high noise and
low value, despite the large capital expenditures it takes to stand them up. Email takes up 30 - 70%
of an employees time. Chat and Instant Messaging are either in the enterprise or just around the
corner. Meanwhile, management is tasked with unforeseen and unfunded leadership and changeagent roles as well as leadership development and succession management. What is needed is a
simplified, repeatable process that enhances communications within an enterprise, while allowing
management and peers to self-select future leaders and easily recognize high performance team
members in a dynamic way. Additionally, the system should function as a general-purpose content
management, business intelligence and peer-review application.Glasscodes goal is to build that
system. The software is released under a proprietary license, and will have the following features:
Remote, unattended moderation of discussions However, it will have powerful discovery and business
intelligence features, and be infinitely extendable, owing to a powerful API and adherence to Java
platform standards. Encourages peer review and indicates for management potential leaders, strong
team players and reinforces enterprise and team goals seamlessly and with zero administration.
MINI-PROJECT - 6
A CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : The goal is to enable non-technical end users to easily
publish, access,and share information over the web, while giving administrators and managers
complete control over the presentation, style, security, and permissions.
Features:
Robust Permissions System

Templates for easy custom site designs
Total control over the content
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 36
Search engine friendly URLs

Role based publishing system
Versioning control
Visitor profiling
MINI-PROJECT - 7
AN AUCTION APPLICATION : Several commerce models exist and are the basis for a number of
companies like eBay.com, pricellne.com etc. Design and implement an auction application that provides
auctioning services. It should clearly model the various auctioneers, the bidding process, auctioning
etc.
MINI-PROJECT - 8
A NOTES AND FILE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : In the course of ones student years and professional
career one produces a 1 lot of personal notes, documents. All these documents are usually kept 1 on
papers or individual files on the computer. Either way the bulk of the information is often erased
corrupted and eventually lost. The goal of this 1 project is to build a distributed software application
that addresses this |problem. The system will provide an interface to create, organize and manage
I personal notes through the Internet for multiple users. The system will also allow users to collaborate
by assigning permissions for multiple users to view and edit notes.
MINI-PROJECT - 9
LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM(LMS): The goal is to enable students and librarians to easily
access and manage the library and run it smoothly. Each physical library item - book, tape cassette,
CD, DVD, etc. could have its own item number. To support it, the items may be barcoded. The purpose
of barcoding is to provide a unique and scannable identifier that links the barcoded physical item to
the electronic record in the catalog. Barcode must be physically attached to the item, and barcode
number is entered into the corresponding field in the electronic item record. Barcodes on library
items could be replaced by RFID tags. The RFID tag can contain items identifier, title, material type,
etc. It is read by an RFID reader, without the need to open a book cover or CD/DVD case to scan it
with barcode reader.
MINI-PROJECT - 10
HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Simulate to show and explain hospital structure, staff, and
relationships with patients, and patient treatment terminology.
TEXT BOOK :
1.
Craig Larman, Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to Object- Oriented Analysis
and Design and the Unified Process, 2nd edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
Simon Sennet, Steve McRobb, and Ray Farmer, Object Oriented Systems Analysis and
Design using UML, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2.
Phillip A. Laplante, Requirement Engineering for Software and Systems , 2nd edition ,
CRC Press, 2013.
3.
Boris Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, 2nd edition, DreamTech, 2009.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 37
IT STREAM
16CS302 DATA MINING TECHNIQUES
Total Hours :
Hours Per Week :

L
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course introduces the concepts and techniques of knowledge discovery and data mining. It
also focuses on issues relating to the feasibility, usefulness, effectiveness and scalability of
techniques for the discovery of patterns hidden in large data sets. The objective of this course
is to apply the techniques of clustering, classification, association finding, feature selection
and visualization of real world data.
Course Outcomes:
describe various kinds of data sets used for analysis.

illustrate various methods used for data cleaning.
apply data mining techniques for crucial decision making.
identify the necessity of correlation analysis for association mining.
examine various clustering techniques in data mining.
SKILLS:
Perform in depth analysis of information requirements for solving problems.
Manage large databases.
Deploy knowledge in decision support systems or intelligent systems, both in academic

and in industrial environments.
Design data warehouse for an organization.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 38

UNIT - 1
L- 09
INTRODUCTION: Basic data mining tasks, Data mining issues, Data mining metrics, Data mining
from a database perspective.
UNIT - 2
ACTIVITIES:
o
Use data
mining
techniques to
detect
similarity of
disease among
the patients in
hospital data
base.
Apply data
mining
techniques to
create
awareness
about the
insurance
company
policies among
the people.
Detect crop
disease and
identify the best
pesticide using
data mining
techniques.
Prediction of
weather
conditions with
the help of data
mining
techniques.
L-09
DATA MINING TECHNIQUES: A statistical perspective on data mining, Similarity measures,

Decision trees, Neural networks, Genetic algorithms.
UNIT - 3
L- 09
ASSOCIATION RULES: Basic algorithms, Parallel and distributed algorithms, Incremental rules,
Advanced association rule techniques, Measuring the quality of rules.
UNIT - 4
L-09
CLASSIFICATION: Statistical-Based algorithms, Distance-Based algorithms, Decision tree-Based

algorithms, Neural network-Based agorithms, Rule-Based algorithms, Combining techniques.
UNIT - 5
L-09
CLUSTERING: Similarity and distance measures, Hierarchical algorithms, Partitional algorithms,

Clustering large databases, Clustering with aategorical attributes.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
J Han and M Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 3rd edition,Morgan
Kaufman, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
st
1.
M H Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, 1 edition,Pearson

Education, 2001.
2.
I H Witten and E Frank, Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques,
1st edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.
3.
D Hand, H Mannila and P Smyth, Principles of Data Mining,1st edition, Prentice-Hall,

2001.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 39
Total hours: 30
1.
Creation of multidimensional data model using PL/SQL queries.
2.
Implement various schemas using multidimensional data model using PL/SQL.
3.
Implement various OLAP operations such as SLICE, DICE, ROLLUP, DRILLUP and PIVOT.
4.
Demonstration of data preprocessing on dataset.
5.
Demonstration of association mining rules for a given dataset.

a. Apriori Algorithm
b. FP Growth Algorithm
6.
Demonstration of classification rule process on a dataset.

a. PART
b. One R
7.
Demonstration of nave Bayesian classification algorithm.
8.
Demonstration of decision tree for a given dataset.

a. J48
9.
Demonstration of tree pruning for a given dataset.
10.
Demonstration on clustering rules using various data mining clustering algorithms.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining Concepts & Techniques, 1st edition,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.
Usama M Fayyad, Gregory Piatetsky Shapiro, Padhrai Smyth and Ramasamy Uthurusamy,
Advances in Knowledge Discover and Data Mining, 1st edition, The MIT Press, 1996.
2.
Ralph Kimball and Margy Ross, The Data Warehouse Toolkit, 1st edition, John Wiley and
Sons Inc., 2002.
3.
Alex Berson, Stephen Smith and Kurt Thearling, Building Data Mining Applications for CRM,
1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
4.
Margaret Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, 1st edition, Prentice
Hall, 2002.
5.
Paulraj Ponnaiah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals, 1st edition, Wiley Publishers, 2001.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 40
IT STREAM
16IT409
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
Hours Per Week :
Total Hours :
45
30
WA/RA SSH/HSH CS
5
40
SA
BS

This course provides the characteristics of multimedia systems and the methods to address
the issues regarding different multimedia authoring systems. In addition, it deals with the
software development process used in multimedia development environment. The objective of
this course is to design, implement, document, debug and evaluate non- trivial multimedia
systems.
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to :
write action script for a particular problem.

describe the function of the general skill set in the multimedia.
design and draw customized GUI components.
apply transformations on components.
SKILLS:
Distinguish various types of media technologies.
Apply the data compression techniques on different kinds of media.
Identify the multimedia skill categories related to the media used in a project.
Demonstrate the requirements of multimedia communication system.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 41

UNIT - 1
ACTIVITIES:
L-09
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to multimedia, Media and data streams, Sound/audio, Images and
graphics, Video and animation.
o Design a four
stage
multimedia
project.
o Build small
animation
project using
motion
techniques.
UNIT - 2
L-09
COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES: Data compression, Optical storage media,Computer technology,

Multimedia operating systems.
UNIT - 3
L-09
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Networking systems, Multimedia communication systems,

Database systems.
UNIT - 4
L-09
MULTIMEDIA ARCHITECTURE: Multimedia architecture, Multimedia documents, Hypertext

and MHEG.
UNIT - 5
L-09
MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS: User interfaces, Synchronization, Abstractions for programming.

Multimedia application development, Virtual reality, Future directions.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
Total hrs : 30
1.
Create a text field dynamically using text Action Script.
2.
Write an Action Script that displays reverse and sorted order of an input array.
3.
Display OS name on clicking the button.
4.
Display language on clicking the button.
5.
Display Screen resolutions on clicking the button.
6.
Write a script that generates random number.
7.
Write a script that generates circle coordinates.
8.
Create a Flash Movie that Tints a movie clips color using action Script.
9.
Detect the player version of Flash.
10.
Create a password field dynamically (using Action Script)
11.
Construction of website using pictures,videos,audio etc with proper layout.
12.
Convert BMP file to JPG file using any programming language .
TEXT BOOKS :
1.
Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia: Computing Communications &

Applications, 1st edition,Pearson Education, 2004.
2.
Parekh Ranjan, Principles of Multimedia ,1st edition,Tata McGraw-Hill 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1.
John E Koegal and Buford, Multimedia Systems ,1st edition,Pearson Education,2009.
2.
Jeffcoate,Multimedia In Practice,1st edition,Pearson Education, 2007.
VFSTR UNIVERSITY
M - 42

TFT Final

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

TFT Final

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CURRICULUM

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Academic Regulations, Curricula and Course Contents

Agricultural Engineering (AG)

Automobile Engineering (AE)

Biomedical Engineering (BM)

Chemical Engineering (CH)

Civil Engineering (CE)

Computer Science and Engineering (CS)

Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EE)

Electronics and Communication Engineering (EC)

Electronics and Computer Engineering (ER)

Food Technology (FT)

Information Technology (IT)

Mechanical Engineering (ME)

Mechatronics Engineering (MT)

Petroleum Engineering (PL)

Textile and Fashion Technology (TF)

Courses and Course Credits

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Professional Core (CR)

Electives (EL) (including inter disciplinary and minor Electives)

Basic Engineering (BE)

Humanities and Management (HM)

Basic Sciences (BS)

General Life Skills (GL)

Min. no. of credits required for the award of B.Tech. degree

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Table-2 : Percentage of credits to various categories of courses

Physics, Chemistry, Maths

Engg. Graphics, Computer Basics,

English, Foreign Languages,

Additional higher knowledge &

Softs Skills, Professional

(including project work)

Fig-1 : Illustration of choice based credit system in the programme

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

In electives category, a student is required to secure a minimum of 30 credits. These

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Honors Degree: A student seeking an Honors degree, is required to secure an additional

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

The project may normally be assigned to individual student or to a group of students

MINIMUM ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENT

The shortage of attendance in aggregate may be condoned up to 10% on the ground of

MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROMOTION TO THE NEXT YEAR

MAXIMUM ALLOWED DURATION OF STUDY

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Continuous Assessment and End-semester Evaluation:

7.2.1 Theory Courses

7.2.2 Theory Courses with minor projects:

7.2.3 Theory courses integrated with Laboratory:

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Detailed procedure of evaluating the individual components mentioned in Table-5 is presented

Table-5 : Distribution of Marks for Theory Courses integrated with Laboratory

Marks distribution when

L=3 and P=2

L=2 and P=4

Description of individual components in evaluation:

<90 but >80

7.3.2 Periodic Assignments / Tests:

R-16 Regulations and Curriculum

Part No. No.of Questions